Table of Contents
- Contents
- Guide to This Manual
- Important Instructions
- Part Names and Functions
- Guide to the Control Panel
- Loading Paper
- Placing Originals
- Inserting and Removing a Memory Device
- Printing
- Copying
- Scanning
- Maintaining the Printer
- Solving Problems
- Checking Solutions on the Control Panel
- Cannot Display a Menu Other than the Copy Menu
- The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
- A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen
- Paper Gets Jammed
- It is Time to Refill the Ink
- It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box
- Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
- Cannot Solve Problem
- Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
- Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected to the Network
- Re-setting the Network Connection
- Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)
- About Wi-Fi Direct
- Connecting to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch using Wi-Fi Direct
- Connecting to Android Devices using Wi-Fi Direct
- Connecting to Devices other than iOS and Android using Wi-Fi Direct
- Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Connection
- Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Settings Such as the SSID
- Checking the Network Connection Status
- Product Information
- Paper Information
- Consumable Products Information
- Software Information
- Settings Menu List
- Product Specifications
- Printer Specifications
- Scanner Specifications
- ADF Specifications
- Using Port for the Printer
- Interface Specifications
- Network Specifications
- PostScript Level 3 Compatibility
- Supported Third Party Services
- Memory Device Specifications
- Supported Data Specifications
- Dimensions
- Electrical Specifications
- Environmental Specifications
- Installation Location and Space
- System Requirements
- Font Specifications
- Regulatory Information
- Administrator Information
- Where to Get Help
Epson EcoTank ET-M16680 User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for EcoTank ET-M16680 by Epson which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
Contents
Guide to This Manual
Introduction to the Manuals...................7
Searching for Information....................7
Printing Only the Pages You Need.............. 8
About is Manual......................... 8
Marks and Symbols.......................8
Notes on Screenshots and Illustrations.........9
Operating System References................9
Trademarks..............................10
Copyright...............................11
Important Instructions
Safety Instructions.........................13
Safety Instructions for Ink................. 14
Printer Advisories and Warnings.............. 14
Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the
Printer................................14
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer. . 15
Advisories and Warnings for Using the
Touchscreen........................... 15
Advisories and Warnings for Using the
Printer with a Wireless Connection...........15
Advisories and Warnings for Transporting or
Storing the Printer.......................16
Protecting Your Personal Information...........16
Part Names and Functions
Front...................................18
Inside..................................20
Rear................................... 21
Guide to the Control Panel
Control Panel............................ 23
Home Screen Conguration..................24
Guide to the Network Icon.................25
Menu Screen Conguration..................26
Job/Status Screen Conguration...............27
Reserve Job............................27
Entering Characters........................28
Viewing Animations....................... 28
Loading Paper
Paper Handling Precautions..................31
Paper Size and Type Settings..................31
List of Paper Type....................... 32
Loading Paper............................32
Loading Pre-punched Paper................33
Loading Long Papers.....................34
Placing Originals
Originals that are not Supported by the ADF. . . . . . 36
Detecting the Original Size Automatically. . . . . . . . 36
Placing Originals..........................37
Inserting and Removing a Memory
Device
Inserting an External USB Device..............40
Removing an External USB Device.............40
Sharing Data on a Memory Device.............40
Printing
Printing Documents........................43
Printing from a Computer - Windows.........43
Printing a Document Using the PostScript
Printer Driver (Windows)................. 66
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS..........70
Printing from the PostScript Printer Driver
on Mac OS.............................77
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS). . 80
Printing Documents from Smart Devices
(Android).............................82
Printing on Envelopes...................... 83
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer
(Windows)............................ 83
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer
(Mac OS)..............................84
Printing Web Pages........................ 84
Printing Web Pages from a Computer.........84
Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices.......84
Printing Using a Cloud Service................85
Registering to Epson Connect Service from
the Control Panel........................86
Copying
Available Copying Methods..................88
Copying Originals.......................88
Copying on 2-Sides...................... 88
2
Copying by Enlarging or Reducing...........89
Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet. . . . .89
Copying in Page Order....................91
Copying Originals Using Good Quality. . . . . . . . 91
Copying ID card........................92
Copying Books......................... 92
Basic Menu Options for Copying.............. 92
Density:...............................93
Paper Setting:.......................... 93
Reduce/Enlarge:.........................93
Original Type:..........................93
2-Sided:...............................93
ID Card Copy:..........................94
Advanced Menu Options for Copying...........94
Multi-Page:............................94
Original Size:...........................94
Finishing:............................. 94
Mixed Size Originals:.....................95
Orientation (Original):....................95
Book->2 Pages:.........................95
Image Quality:..........................95
Binding Margin:.........................95
Reduce to Fit Paper:......................95
Remove Shadow:........................95
Remove Punch Holes:.................... 96
Scanning
Available Scanning Methods..................98
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder.........98
Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a
Folder................................99
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder. . . 100
Scanning Originals to an Email. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an
Email................................102
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email. . 102
Scanning Originals to a Computer............ 105
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device........106
Basic Menu Options for Scanning to a
Memory Device........................106
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a
Memory Device........................107
Scanning Originals to the Cloud..............108
Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud. 108
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the
Cloud............................... 109
Scanning Using WSD......................110
Setting Up a WSD Port...................110
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device..........112
Maintaining the Printer
Checking the Status of Consumables...........114
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality. . . . . . . .114
Adjusting the Print Quality................114
Checking and Cleaning the Print Head.......116
Running Power Cleaning.................117
Preventing nozzle clogging................119
Aligning the Print Head..................119
Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears.......119
Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat 120
Cleaning the ADF...................... 122
Cleaning the Translucent Film............. 123
Cleaning the Printer.......................126
Cleaning Spilled ink.......................126
Checking the Total Number of Pages Fed
rough the Printer.......................127
Saving Power............................127
Saving Power (Control Panel)..............127
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately. 128
Installing the Applications Separately........ 128
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver.........130
Adding the Printer (for Mac OS Only)........131
Uninstalling Applications.................131
Updating Applications and Firmware. . . . . . . . 133
Transporting and Storing the Printer...........135
Solving Problems
Checking Solutions on the Control Panel........142
Cannot Display a Menu Other than the Copy
Menu..................................142
e Printer Does Not Work as Expected........142
e Printer Does Not Turn On or O........142
Power Turns O Automatically.............143
Paper Does Not Feed Properly............. 143
Cannot Print..........................147
Cannot Start Scanning...................165
Error Code is Displayed on the Status Menu. . . 177
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected. . . . . . 181
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen. . . . . . 184
Paper Gets Jammed.......................185
Preventing Paper Jams...................185
It is Time to Rell the Ink...................186
Ink Bottle Handling Precautions............186
Relling the Ink Tank....................187
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box. . . . . . .190
Maintenance Box Handling Precautions. . . . . . 190
Replacing a Maintenance Box..............191
3
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor. . 192
Print Quality is Poor.....................192
Copy Quality is Poor.................... 199
Scanned Image Problems.................206
Cannot Solve Problem.....................208
Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems. . . 209
Adding or Replacing the Computer or
Devices
Connecting to a Printer that has been
Connected to the Network..................211
Using a Network Printer from a Second
Computer............................211
Using a Network Printer from a Smart Device. . 212
Re-setting the Network Connection........... 212
When Replacing the Wireless Router.........212
When Changing the Computer.............213
Changing the Connection Method to the
Computer............................214
Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel. .215
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly
(Wi-Fi Direct)...........................218
About Wi-Fi Direct..................... 218
Connecting to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch
using Wi-Fi Direct......................218
Connecting to Android Devices using Wi-Fi
Direct...............................221
Connecting to Devices other than iOS and
Android using Wi-Fi Direct...............223
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
Connection...........................225
Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
Settings Such as the SSID.................225
Checking the Network Connection Status.......226
Checking the Network Connection Status
from the Control Panel...................227
Printing a Network Connection Report.......228
Printing a Network Status Sheet............ 233
Checking the Network of the Computer
(Windows only)........................234
Product Information
Paper Information........................236
Available Paper and Capacities.............236
Unavailable Paper Types..................239
Consumable Products Information............239
Ink Bottle Code........................239
Maintenance Box Code...................240
Soware Information......................240
Soware for Printing.................... 241
Soware for Scanning....................245
Soware for Package Creation..............246
Soware for Making Settings or Managing
Devices..............................246
Soware for Updating................... 249
Settings Menu List........................249
General Settings........................249
Print Counter..........................260
Supply Status..........................260
Maintenance..........................261
Language.............................262
Printer Status/Print..................... 262
Contacts Manager......................263
User Settings..........................263
Authentication Device Status.............. 263
Epson Open Platform Information..........264
Product Specications..................... 264
Printer Specications....................264
Scanner Specications................... 265
ADF Specications......................265
Using Port for the Printer.................266
Interface Specications...................267
Network Specications...................267
PostScript Level 3 Compatibility............270
Supported ird Party Services.............270
Memory Device Specications.............270
Supported Data Specications..............270
Dimensions...........................271
Electrical Specications.................. 271
Environmental Specications..............272
Installation Location and Space.............273
System Requirements....................274
Font Specications........................274
Available Fonts for PostScript..............274
Available Fonts for PCL (URW)............ 275
List of Symbol Sets......................277
Regulatory Information....................279
Standards and Approvals................. 279
Restrictions on Copying..................280
Administrator Information
Connecting the Printer to the Network.........282
Before Making Network Connection.........282
Connecting to the Network from the Control
Panel................................284
Settings to Use the Printer...................286
Using the Print Functions.................286
4
Setting Up AirPrint..................... 293
Conguring a Mail Server.................294
Setting a Shared Network Folder............297
Making Contacts Available................313
Preparing to Scan.......................323
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer 325
Problems when Making Settings............327
Managing the Printer......................329
Introduction of Product Security Features. . . . . 329
Administrator Settings...................330
Restricting Available Features..............338
Disabling the External Interface............ 340
Monitoring a Remote Printer.............. 341
Backing Up the Settings..................343
Advanced Security Settings..................344
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger. . . . 344
Controlling Using Protocols...............346
Using a Digital Certicate.................350
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer. . . . .355
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP
Filtering..............................357
Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X
Network............................. 368
Solving Problems for Advanced Security......370
Using Epson Open Platform...............376
Where to Get Help
Technical Support Web Site..................379
Contacting Epson Support..................379
Before Contacting Epson................. 379
Help for Users in Europe..................379
Help for Users in Singapore............... 379
Help for Users in ailand................380
Help for Users in Vietnam................ 380
Help for Users in Indonesia................380
Help for Users in Malaysia................ 383
Help for Users in India...................384
Help for Users in the Philippines............384
5
Guide to This Manual
Introduction to the Manuals...........................................7
Searching for Information.............................................7
Printing Only the Pages You Need.......................................8
About is Manual..................................................8
Trademarks...................................................... 10
Copyright........................................................11
Introduction to the Manuals
e following manuals are supplied with your Epson printer. As well as the manuals, check the various types of
help information available from the printer itself or from the Epson soware applications.
❏Important Safety Instructions (paper manual)
Provides you with instructions to ensure the safe use of this printer.
❏Start Here (paper manual)
Provides you with information on setting up the printer and installing the soware.
❏User's Guide (digital manual)
is manual. is manual is available as PDF and Web manuals. Provides overall information and instructions
on using the printer, on network settings when using the printer on a network, and on solving problems.
You can obtain the latest versions of the above manuals with the following methods.
❏Paper manual
Visit the Epson Europe support website at http://www.epson.eu/support, or the Epson worldwide support
website at http://support.epson.net/.
❏Digital manual
To view the Web manual, visit the following website, enter the product name, and then go to Support.
http://epson.sn
Searching for Information
e PDF manual allows you to search for information you are looking for by keyword, or jump directly to specic
sections using the bookmarks. is section explains how to use a PDF manual that has been opened in Adobe
Acrobat Reader DC on your computer.
Searching by keyword
Click Edit > Advanced Search. Enter the keyword (text) for information you want to nd in the search window,
and then click Search. Hits are displayed as a list. Click one of the displayed hits to jump to that page.
Jumping directly from bookmarks
Click a title to jump to that page. Click + or > to view the lower level titles in that section. To return to the previous
page, perform the following operation on your keyboard.
❏Windows: Hold down Alt. and then press ←.
Guide to This Manual
>
Searching for Information
7
❏Mac OS: Hold down the command key, and then press ←.
Printing Only the Pages You Need
You can extract and print only the pages you need. Click Print in the File menu, and then specify the pages you
want to print in Pages in Pages to Print.
❏To specify a series of pages, enter a hyphen between the start page and the end page.
Example: 20-25
❏To specify pages that are not in series, divide the pages with commas.
Example: 5, 10, 15
About This Manual
is section explains the meaning of marks and symbols, notes on descriptions, and operating system reference
information used in this manual.
Marks and Symbols
!
Caution:
Instructions that must be followed carefully to avoid bodily injury.
c
Important:
Instructions that must be observed to avoid damage to your equipment.
Note:
Provides complementary and reference information.
Guide to This Manual
>
About This Manual
>
Marks and Symbols
8
Related Information
&Links to related sections.
Notes on Screenshots and Illustrations
❏Screenshots of the printer driver are from Windows 10 or macOS High Sierra. e content displayed on the
screens varies depending on the model and situation.
❏Illustrations used in this manual are examples only. Although there may be slight dierences depending on the
model, the method of operation is the same.
❏Some of the menu items on the LCD screen vary depending on the model and settings.
❏You can read the QR code using dedicated app.
❏e setting items on the Web Cong screen dier depending on the model and setup environment.
Operating System References
Windows
In this manual, terms such as "Windows 10", "Windows 8.1", "Windows 8", "Windows 7", "Windows Vista",
"Windows XP", "Windows Server 2019", "Windows Server 2016", "Windows Server 2012 R2", "Windows Server
2012", "Windows Server 2008 R2", "Windows Server 2008", "Windows Server 2003 R2", and "Windows Server
2003" refer to the following operating systems. Additionally, "Windows" is used to refer to all versions.
❏Microso
®
Windows
®
10 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows
®
8.1 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows
®
8 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows
®
7 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Vista
®
operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows
®
XP operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows
®
XP Professional x64 Edition operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2019 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2016 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2012 R2 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2012 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2008 R2 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2008 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2003 R2 operating system
❏Microso
®
Windows Server
®
2003 operating system
Mac OS
In this manual, "Mac OS" is used to refer to Mac OS X 10.6.8 or later, mac OS 11 or later.
Guide to This Manual
>
About This Manual
>
Operating System References
9
Trademarks
❏EPSON
®
is a registered trademark, and EPSON EXCEED YOUR VISION or EXCEED YOUR VISION is a
trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
❏Epson Scan 2 soware is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
❏libti
Copyright © 1988-1997 Sam Leer
Copyright © 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this soware and its documentation for any purpose is
hereby granted without fee, provided that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
all copies of the soware and related documentation, and (ii) the names of Sam Leer and Silicon Graphics
may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating to the soware without the specic, prior written
permission of Sam Leer and Silicon Graphics.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
❏QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and other countries.
❏Microso
®
, Windows
®
, Windows Server
®
, and Windows Vista
®
are registered trademarks of Microso
Corporation.
❏Apple, Mac, macOS, OS X, Bonjour, ColorSync, Safari, AirPrint, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, iTunes, and iBeacon
are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
❏Use of the Works with Apple badge means that an accessory has been designed to work specically with the
technology identied in the badge and has been certied by the developer to meet Apple performance
standards.
❏Chrome, Google Play, and Android are trademarks of Google LLC.
❏Adobe, Acrobat, Photoshop, PostScript
®
3™, and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
Adobe in the United States and/or other countries.
❏Albertus, Arial, Coronet, Gill Sans, Joanna and Times New Roman are trademarks of e Monotype
Corporation registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Oce and may be registered in certain
jurisdictions.
❏ITC Avant Garde Gothic, ITC Bookman, Lubalin Graph, Mona Lisa, ITC Symbol, Zapf Chancery and Zapf
Dingbats are trademarks of International Typeface Corporation registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark
Oce and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions.
❏Clarendon, Eurostile and New Century Schoolbook are trademarks of Linotype GmbH registered in the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Oce and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions.
❏Wingdings is a registered trademark of Microso Corporation in the United States and other countries.
❏CG Omega, CG Times, Garamond Antiqua, Garamond Halbfett, Garamond Kursiv, Garamond Halbfett Kursiv
are trademarks of Monotype Imaging, Inc. and may be registered in certain jurisdictions.
❏Antique Olive is a trademark of M. Olive.
❏Marigold and Oxford are trademarks of AlphaOmega Typography.
Guide to This Manual
>
Trademarks
10
❏Helvetica, Optima, Palatino, Times and Univers are trademarks of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent
and Trademark Oce and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its
licensee Linotype GmbH.
❏ITC Avant Garde Gothic, Bookman, Zapf Chancery and Zapf Dingbats are trademarks of International
Typeface Corporation registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Oce and may be registered in
certain jurisdictions.
❏PCL is the registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
❏microSDHC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
Note: microSDHC is built into the product and cannot be removed.
❏Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and other countries.
❏HP and HP LaserJet are registered trademarks of the Hewlett-Packard Company.
❏Mopria
®
and the Mopria
®
Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks and service marks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
❏General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identication purposes only and may be trademarks
of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
Seiko Epson Corporation. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained
herein. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information herein. e
information contained herein is designed only for use with this Epson product. Epson is not responsible for any
use of this information as applied to other products.
Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its aliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for
damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of accident, misuse, or
abuse of this product or unauthorized modications, repairs, or alterations to this product, or (excluding the U.S.)
failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and maintenance instructions.
Seiko Epson Corporation and its aliates shall not be liable for any damages or problems arising from the use of
any options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original Epson Products or Epson
Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.
Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from electromagnetic interference that
occurs from the use of any interface cables other than those designated as Epson Approved Products by Seiko
Epson Corporation.
© 2020 Seiko Epson Corporation
e contents of this manual and the specications of this product are subject to change without notice.
Guide to This Manual
>
Copyright
11
Safety Instructions
Read and follow these instructions to ensure safe use of this printer. Make sure you keep this manual for future
reference. Also, be sure to follow all warnings and instructions marked on the printer.
❏Some of the symbols used on your printer are to ensure safety and proper use of the printer. Visit the following
Web site to learn the meaning of the symbols.
http://support.epson.net/symbols
❏Use only the power cord supplied with the printer and do not use the cord with any other equipment. Use of
other cords with this printer or the use of the supplied power cord with other equipment may result in re or
electric shock.
❏Be sure your AC power cord meets the relevant local safety standard.
❏Never disassemble, modify, or attempt to repair the power cord, plug, printer unit, scanner unit, or options by
yourself, except as specically explained in the printer's manuals.
❏Unplug the printer and refer servicing to qualied service personnel under the following conditions:
e power cord or plug is damaged; liquid has entered the printer; the printer has been dropped or the casing
damaged; the printer does not operate normally or exhibits a distinct change in performance. Do not adjust
controls that are not covered by the operating instructions.
❏Place the printer near a wall outlet where the plug can be easily unplugged.
❏Do not place or store the printer outdoors, near excessive dirt or dust, water, heat sources, or in locations
subject to shocks, vibrations, high temperature or humidity.
❏Take care not to spill liquid on the printer and not to handle the printer with wet hands.
❏Keep the printer at least 22 cm away from cardiac pacemakers. Radio waves from this printer may adversely
aect the operation of cardiac pacemakers.
❏If the LCD screen is damaged, contact your dealer. If the liquid crystal solution gets on your hands, wash them
thoroughly with soap and water. If the liquid crystal solution gets into your eyes, ush them immediately with
water. If discomfort or vision problems remain aer a thorough ushing, see a doctor immediately.
❏e printer is heavy and should not be lied or carried by less than two people. When liing the printer, two
people should assume the correct positions as shown below.
Important Instructions
>
Safety Instructions
13
Safety Instructions for Ink
❏Be careful not to touch ink when you handle the ink tank, ink tank cap, and opened ink bottle or ink bottle cap.
❏If ink gets on your skin, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.
❏If ink gets into your eyes, ush them immediately with water. If discomfort or vision problems continue aer
a thorough ushing, see a doctor immediately.
❏If ink gets into your mouth, see a doctor right away.
❏Do not disassemble the maintenance box; otherwise ink may get into your eyes or on your skin.
❏Do not shake an ink bottle too vigorously or subject it to strong impacts as this can cause ink to leak.
❏Keep ink bottles and maintenance box out of the reach of children. Do not allow children to drink from the ink
bottles.
Printer Advisories and Warnings
Read and follow these instructions to avoid damaging the printer or your property. Make sure you keep this
manual for future reference.
Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the Printer
❏Do not block or cover the vents and openings in the printer.
❏Use only the type of power source indicated on the printer's label.
❏Avoid using outlets on the same circuit as photocopiers or air control systems that regularly switch on and o.
❏Avoid electrical outlets controlled by wall switches or automatic timers.
❏Keep the entire computer system away from potential sources of electromagnetic interference, such as
loudspeakers or the base units of cordless telephones.
❏e power-supply cords should be placed to avoid abrasions, cuts, fraying, crimping, and kinking. Do not place
objects on top of the power-supply cords and do not allow the power-supply cords to be stepped on or run over.
Be particularly careful to keep all the power-supply cords straight at the ends and the points where they enter
and leave the transformer.
❏If you use an extension cord with the printer, make sure that the total ampere rating of the devices plugged into
the extension cord does not exceed the cord's ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total ampere rating of all
devices plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the wall outlet's ampere rating.
❏If you plan to use the printer in Germany, the building installation must be protected by a 10 or 16 amp circuit
breaker to provide adequate short-circuit protection and over-current protection for the printer.
❏When connecting the printer to a computer or other device with a cable, ensure the correct orientation of the
connectors. Each connector has only one correct orientation. Inserting a connector in the wrong orientation
may damage both devices connected by the cable.
❏Place the printer on a at, stable surface that extends beyond the base of the printer in all directions. e printer
will not operate properly if it is tilted at an angle.
❏Allow space above the printer so that you can fully raise the document cover.
❏Leave enough space in front of the printer for the paper to be fully ejected.
❏Avoid places subject to rapid changes in temperature and humidity. Also, keep the printer away from direct
sunlight, strong light, or heat sources.
Important Instructions
>
Printer Advisories and Warnings
>
Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the Printer
14
Related Information
&“Installation Location and Space” on page 273
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer
❏Do not insert objects through the slots in the printer.
❏Do not put your hand inside the printer during printing.
❏Do not touch the white at cable and ink tubes inside the printer.
❏Do not use aerosol products that contain ammable gases inside or around the printer. Doing so may cause re.
❏Do not move the print head by hand if not instructed to do so; otherwise, you may damage the printer.
❏Be careful not to trap your ngers when closing the scanner unit.
❏Do not press too hard on the scanner glass when placing the originals.
❏Always turn the printer o using the
P
button. Do not unplug the printer or turn o the power at the outlet
until the
P
light stops ashing.
❏If you are not going to use the printer for a long period, be sure to unplug the power cord from the electrical
outlet.
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Touchscreen
❏e LCD screen may contain a few small bright or dark spots, and because of its features it may have an uneven
brightness. ese are normal and do not indicate that it is damaged in any way.
❏Only use a dry, so cloth for cleaning. Do not use liquid or chemical cleaners.
❏e exterior cover of the touchscreen could break if it receives a heavy impact. Contact your dealer if the panel
surface chips or cracks, and do not touch or attempt to remove the broken pieces.
❏Press the touchscreen gently with your nger. Do not press force or operate with your nails.
❏Do not use sharp objects such as ball point pens or sharp pencils to perform operations.
❏Condensation inside the touchscreen due to abrupt changes in temperature or humidity may cause
performance to deteriorate.
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer with a Wireless
Connection
❏Radio waves from this printer may negatively aect the operation of medical electronic equipment, causing
them to malfunction. When using this printer inside medical facilities or near medical equipment, follow
directions from the authorized personnel representing the medical facilities, and follow all posted warnings and
directions on the medical equipment.
❏Radio waves from this printer may negatively aect the operation of automatically controlled devices such as
automatic doors or re alarms, and could lead to accidents due to malfunction. When using this printer near
automatically controlled devices, follow all posted warnings and directions on these devices.
Important Instructions
>
Printer Advisories and Warnings
>
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer with
…
15
Advisories and Warnings for Transporting or Storing the Printer
❏When storing or transporting the printer, avoid tilting it, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down;
otherwise ink may leak.
❏Before transporting the printer, make sure that the transportation lock is set to the locked (Transport) position
and that the print head is in the home (far right) position.
Protecting Your Personal Information
When you give the printer to someone else or dispose of it, erase all the personal information stored in the printer's
memory by selecting Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Restore Default Settings > Clear
All Data and Settings on the control panel. Also, make sure you delete the printer's internal memory data by
selecting Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Clear Internal Memory Data > PDL Font,
Macro, and Working Area on the control panel.
Important Instructions
>
Protecting Your Personal Information
16
Front
AADF (Automatic Document Feeder) cover Open when removing jammed originals in the ADF.
BADF edge guide Feeds originals straight into the printer. Slide to the edge of the
originals.
CADF input tray Feeds originals automatically.
DADF document support Supports originals larger than legal size paper.
EADF output tray Holds originals ejected from the ADF.
FPaper cassette1 Loads paper.
GPaper cassette2
APaper support Supports loaded paper.
BEdge guide Feeds the paper straight into the printer. Slide to the edges of the
paper.
Part Names and Functions
>
Front
18
CPaper tray Loads all paper types supported by the printer.
DOutput tray Holds the ejected paper. When you start printing, this tray is ejected
to t the paper size automatically. To store the tray, push it manually
or select on the control panel.
EEdge guide Feeds the paper straight into the printer. Slide to the edges of the
paper.
FPaper cassette Loads paper.
GPaper cassette cover Prevents foreign substance from entering the paper cassette. This
cover can be attached to paper cassette 1 and 2. Attach it to cover the
paper cassette that is extended to load paper larger than A4-size.
When you load paper without extending the paper cassette, you can
attach the cover to any of the cassettes.
ADocument cover Blocks external light while scanning.
BDocument mat Grips the originals so that they do not move.
CScanner glass Place the originals. You can place originals that are not fed from the
ADF such as envelopes or thick books.
DControl panel Allows you to make settings and perform operations on the printer.
Also displays the printer’s status.
EExternal interface USB port Connects memory devices.
FInk tank cover Open to rell the ink tank.
GInk tank Supplies ink to the print head.
HInk tank cap Open to rell the ink tank.
Part Names and Functions
>
Front
19
Inside
AMaintenance box cover Open when replacing the maintenance box. The maintenance box is
a container that collects a very small amount of surplus ink during
cleaning or printing.
BScanner unit Scans placed originals. Open to remove jammed paper. This unit
should usually be kept closed.
CPrint head Ink is ejected from the print head nozzles underneath.
DTransportation lock Stops ink supply. Set to the locked (Transport) position when
transporting the printer.
EInner cover Open to remove jammed paper.
Part Names and Functions
>
Inside
20
Guide to the Control Panel
Control Panel.....................................................23
Home Screen Conguration.......................................... 24
Menu Screen Conguration...........................................26
Job/Status Screen Conguration....................................... 27
Entering Characters................................................ 28
Viewing Animations................................................28
Control Panel
ATurns the printer on or o.
Unplug the power cable after checking that the power light is o.
BDisplays the home screen.
CLogs o from the printer when Access Control is enabled.
When Access Control is disabled, this is also disabled.
DStores the output tray.
EPauses the current printing job and allows you to interrupt another job. However, you cannot interrupt a new job
from the computer.
Press this button again to restart a paused job.
FResets the current settings to user default settings. If user default settings have not been made, resets to the
factory default.
GDisplays the Job/Status menu. You can check the printer's status and job history.
The error light on the left ashes or turns on when an error occurs.
The data light on the right ashes when the printer is processing data. It turns on when there are queued jobs.
HDisplays the Paper Setting screen. You can select the paper size and paper type settings for each paper source.
IStops the current operation.
JDisplays menus and messages.
When no operations are performed for a specic length of time, the printer enters sleep mode and the display
turns o. Tap anywhere on the touch screen to turn on the display. Depending on the current settings, pressing
the buttons on the control panel wakes the printer from sleep mode.
KReturns to the previous screen.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Control Panel
23
Home Screen Conguration
AYou can view the operating instructions or the solutions to problems.
BDisplays the network connection status. See the following for more details.
“Guide to the Network Icon” on page 25
CDisplays the Device Sound Settings screen. You can set Mute and Quiet Mode. You can also
access the Sounds menu from this screen. You can also make this setting from the Settings
menu.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sounds
Indicates whether or not Quiet Mode is set for the printer. When this feature is
enabled, the noise made by printer operations is reduced, but print speed may slow
down. However, noises may not be reduced depending on the selected paper type
and print quality.
Indicates that Mute is set for the printer.
DSelect the icon to enter sleep mode. When the icon is grayed out, the printer cannot enter sleep
mode.
EIndicates that the user restriction feature is enabled. Select this icon to log in to the printer. You
need to select a user name and then enter a password. Contact your printer administrator for
login information.
When is displayed, a user with access permission has logged in. Select the icon to logout.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Home Screen Conguration
24
FDisplays each menu.
❏Copy
Allows you to copy documents.
❏Scan
Allows you to scan documents and save them to a memory device or a computer.
❏Presets
Allows you to register frequently used settings for copying or scanning as a preset.
❏Memory Device
Allows you to print JPEG ,TIFF or PDF data on a memory device such as a USB ash drive connected to the printer.
❏Condential Job
Allows you to print a password protected job sent from the printer driver.
❏Maintenance
Displays the menus recommended to improve the quality of your printouts such as unclogging nozzles by printing
a nozzle check pattern and performing head cleaning, and improving blurring or banding in your printouts by
aligning the print head.
❏Settings
Allows you to make settings related to maintenance, printer settings, and operations.
GJob/Status Displays on-going jobs that are standing by. Tap to display the type of jobs, arrival timer, user
names, and so on as a list. The number displayed indicates the number of jobs that are standing
by.
HScrolls the screen to the right.
Guide to the Network Icon
The printer is not connected to a wired (Ethernet) network or unset it.
The printer is connected to a wired (Ethernet) network.
The printer is not connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network.
The printer is searching for SSID, unset IP address, or having a problem with a wireless
(Wi-Fi) network.
The printer is connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network.
The number of bars indicates the signal strength of the connection. The more bars
there are, the stronger the connection.
The printer is not connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
mode.
The printer is connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) mode.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Home Screen Conguration
>
Guide to the Network Icon
25
Menu Screen Conguration
AReturns to the previous screen.
BSwitches the list of settings using the tabs. The Basic Settings tab displays frequently used items. The Advanced tab
displays other items that you can set as necessary.
C
Displays the list of setting items. When is displayed, you can view additional information by selecting the icon.
Make settings by selecting the item or adding a check mark. When you have changed an item from the user default
or the factory default, is displayed on the item.
Grayed out items are not available. Select the item to check why it is unavailable.
If any problems occur, is displayed on the item. Select the icon to check how to solve the problem.
DStarts operations using the current settings. Items vary depending on the menu.
Presets Displays the preset list. You can register current setting as a preset, or load registered presets.
Copies Displays the on-screen keypad allowing you to enter the number of copies.
Preview Displays a preview of the image before printing, copying, or scanning.
x
Starts printing, copying, or scanning,
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Menu Screen Conguration
26
Job/Status Screen Conguration
Press the button to display the Job/Status menu. You can check the status of the printer or the jobs.
ASwitches the displayed lists.
BFilter the jobs by functional.
CWhen Active is selected, displays the list of ongoing jobs and jobs waiting to be processed.
When Log is selected, displays the job history.
You can cancel jobs or check the error code displayed in the history when the job has failed.
DIndicates the approximate service life of the maintenance box.
EDisplays any errors that have occurred in the printer. Select the error from the list to display the error message.
Related Information
&“Error Code is Displayed on the Status Menu” on page 177
Reserve Job
You can reserve jobs during copying or printing when you are not using the ADF or the Scanner Glass.
You do not need to perform any special actions to reserve jobs. If you select
x
during normal operation, the job
runs as soon as the current job is complete.
You can reserve up to 100 of the following types of jobs including the current job.
❏Print
❏Copy
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Job/Status Screen Conguration
>
Reserve Job
27
Entering Characters
You can enter characters and symbols by using on-screen keyboard when you make network settings, and so on.
AIndicates the character count.
BMoves the cursor to the input position.
CSwitches between upper case and lower case or numbers and symbols.
DSwitches the character type.
: You can enter numbers and symbols.
: You can enter letters.
EEnters frequently used email domain addresses or URLs by simply selecting the item.
FEnters a space.
GEnters character.
HDeletes a character to the left.
Viewing Animations
You can view animations of operating instructions such as loading paper or removing jammed paper on the LCD
screen.
❏Select : Displays the help screen. Select How To and select the items that you want to view.
Guide to the Control Panel
>
Viewing Animations
28
Paper Handling Precautions
❏Read the instruction sheets supplied with the paper.
❏To achieve high-quality printouts with genuine Epson paper, use the paper in the environment stated on the
sheets supplied with the paper.
❏Fan and align the edges of the paper before loading. Do not fan or curl photo paper. Doing so may damage the
printable side.
❏If the paper is curled, atten it or curl it slightly in the opposite direction before loading. Printing on curled
paper may cause paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏Paper feed problems may occur frequently for manual 2-sided printing when printing on one side of pre-
printed paper. Reduce the number of sheets to half or less, or load one sheet of paper at a time if paper jams
continue.
❏Make sure you are using long-grain paper. If you are not sure what type of paper you are using, check the paper
packaging or contact the manufacturer to conrm the paper specications.
❏Fan and align the edges of the envelopes before loading. When the stacked envelopes are pued up with air,
press them down to atten them before loading.
Related Information
&“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 239
Paper Size and Type Settings
If you register the paper size and type on the screen displayed when you insert the paper cassette, the printer
informs you when the registered information and print settings dier. is prevents you from wasting paper and
Loading Paper
>
Paper Size and Type Settings
31
ink by making sure you are not printing on the wrong paper size or printing using poor print quality due to
settings that do not match the paper type.
If displayed paper size and type dier from the loaded paper, select the item to change. If the settings match the
loaded paper, close the screen.
Note:
You can also display the paper size and paper type settings screen by selecting Settings > General Settings > Printer
Settings > Paper Source Settings > Paper Setting.
List of Paper Type
To obtain optimum printing results, select the paper type that suits the paper.
Media Name Media Type
Control Panel Printer Driver
Epson Business Paper
Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper
Epson Bright White Paper
Plain paper Plain paper
Epson Matte Paper-Heavyweight Matte Epson Matte
Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper
Epson Double-sided Photo Quality Ink
Jet Paper
Photo Quality Ink Jet Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet
Loading Paper
You can load paper or envelopes by referring to the animations displayed on the printer's LCD screen.
Loading Paper
>
Loading Paper
32
Select , and then select How To > Load paper. Select the paper type and paper source you want to use to display
the animations. Select Finish to close the animation screen.
Loading Pre-punched Paper
Load a single sheet of pre-punched paper in the paper tray.
Paper size: A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, A6, Letter, Legal
❏Adjust the print position of your le to avoid printing over the holes.
❏Automatic 2-sided printing is not available for pre-punched paper.
Loading Paper
>
Loading Paper
>
Loading Pre-punched Paper
33
Loading Long Papers
❏Paper tray
Load long paper in the paper tray by allowing the leading edge of the paper to roll over. Select User-Dened as
the paper size setting.
❏Make sure the end of the paper is cut perpendicularly. A diagonal cut may cause paper feed problems.
❏Long paper cannot be held in the output tray. Prepare a box and so on to make sure that paper does not fall
on the oor.
❏Do not touch paper that is being fed or ejected. It could injure your hand or cause print quality to decline.
❏Paper cassette
Extend the paper cassette to load long paper. Select User-Dened as the paper size setting.
❏Make sure the end of the paper is cut perpendicularly. A diagonal cut may cause paper feed problems.
❏Do not touch paper that is being fed or ejected. It could injure your hand or cause print quality to decline.
Loading Paper
>
Loading Paper
>
Loading Long Papers
34
Originals that are not Supported by the ADF
c
Important:
Do not feed photographs or valuable original artwork into the ADF. Misfeeding may wrinkle or damage the
original. Scan these documents on the scanner glass instead.
To prevent paper jams, avoid placing the following originals in the ADF. For these types, use the scanner glass.
❏Originals that are torn, folded, wrinkled, deteriorated, or curled
❏Originals with binder holes
❏Originals held together with tape, staples, paper clips etc.
❏Originals that have stickers or labels stuck to them
❏Originals that are cut irregularly or not right angled
❏Originals that are bound
❏OHPs, thermal transfer paper, or carbon backs
Detecting the Original Size Automatically
When you select Auto Detect as the paper setting, the following types of paper size are identied automatically.
❏Placing vertically: A4, 16K
*
Place the long edge of the original toward the paper feed entrance of the ADF or the le side of the scanner
glass.
❏Placing horizontally: A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, 8K
*
, 16K
*
Place the short edge of the original toward the paper feed entrance of the ADF or the le side of the scanner
glass.
*:e paper is detected when K Size Priority is enabled. However, it may not be detected depending on the
functions you are using. See "Related Information" below for more details.
Placing Originals
>
Detecting the Original Size Automatically
36
Note:
e sizes for the following originals may not be detected correctly. If the sizes are not detected, set the size manually on the
control panel.
❏Originals that are torn, folded, wrinkled, or curled (if the originals are curled, atten the curl before placing the
originals.)
❏Originals with a lot of binder holes
❏OHPs, translucent originals, or glossy originals
Related Information
&“Original Size Auto Detection Option:” on page 251
Placing Originals
Place originals on the scanner glass or the ADF.
You can place multiple originals in the ADF. If auto duplex scanning is available, you can scan both sides of the
originals at the same time. See the link below for the specications of the ADF.
“ADF Specications” on page 265
Follow the steps below to view the video for placing originals.
Select , and then select How To > Place Originals. Select the method of placing originals that you want to view.
Select Finish to close the animation screen.
When using the scanner glass
!
Caution:
Be careful not to trap your ngers when closing the document cover. Otherwise you may be injured.
c
Important:
❏When placing bulky originals such as books, prevent exterior light from shining directly onto the scanner glass.
❏Do not apply too much force to the scanner glass or the document cover. Otherwise, they may be damaged.
Placing Originals
>
Placing Originals
37
Note:
❏If there is any trash or dirt on the scanner glass, the scanning range may expand to include it, so the image of the original
may be displaced or reduced. Remove any trash and dirt on the scanner glass before scanning.
❏A range of 1.5 mm from the corner of the scanner glass is not scanned.
❏When originals are placed in the ADF and on the scanner glass, priority is given to the originals in the ADF.
❏Some sizes may not be automatically detected. In this situation, manually select the size of the originals.
❏If you leave the originals on the scanner glass for a long time, they may stick to the surface of the glass.
When using the ADF
c
Important:
❏Do not load originals above the line indicated by the triangle symbol on the ADF edge guide.
❏Do not add originals while scanning.
Note:
Some sizes may not be automatically detected. In this situation, manually select the size of the originals.
Related Information
&“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 36
&“Detecting the Original Size Automatically” on page 36
&“Scanner Specications” on page 265
Placing Originals
>
Placing Originals
38
Inserting an External USB Device
Insert an external USB device into the external interface USB port.
Related Information
&“Memory Device Specications” on page 270
Removing an External USB Device
Remove the external USB device.
c
Important:
If you remove the external USB device while operating the printer, the data on the external USB device may be lost.
Sharing Data on a Memory Device
From a computer, you can write or read data on a memory device such as a USB ash drive that has been
connected to the printer.
Inserting and Removing a Memory Device
>
Sharing Data on a Memory Device
40
c
Important:
When sharing a memory device inserted in the printer between computers connected by USB or over a network,
write access is only allowed to the computers that are connected by the method you selected on the printer. To write
to the memory device, enter Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Memory Device Interface > File
Sharing on the control panel and then select a connection method.
Note:
It takes a while to recognize data from a computer if a large memory device, such as 2 TB HDD, is connected.
Windows
Select a memory device from Computer or My Computer. e data on the memory device is displayed.
Note:
If you connected the printer to the network without using the soware disc or Web Installer, map an external interface USB
port as a network drive. Open Run and enter a printer name \\XXXXX or a printer's IP address \\XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX to
Open:. Right-click a device icon displayed to assign the network. e network drive appears in Computer or My Computer.
Mac OS
Select a corresponding device icon. e data on the external storage device is displayed.
Note:
❏To remove a memory device, drag and drop the device icon to the trash icon. Otherwise, data on the shared drive may
not be displayed correctly when another memory device is inserted.
❏To access a memory device through the network, select Go > Connect to Server from the menu on the desktop. Enter a
printer name cifs://XXXXX or smb://XXXXX (Where "XXXXX" is the printer name) in the Server Address, and then
click Connect.
Related Information
&“Memory Device Specications” on page 270
Inserting and Removing a Memory Device
>
Sharing Data on a Memory Device
41
Printing Documents
Printing from a Computer - Windows
If you cannot change some of the printer driver settings, they may have been restricted by the administrator.
Contact your printer administrator for assistance.
Printing Using Easy Settings
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
1. Load paper in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
2. Open the le you want to print.
3. Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu.
4. Select your printer.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
43
5. Select Preferences or Properties to access the printer driver window.
6. Change the settings as necessary.
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.
Note:
❏You can also see the online help for explanations of the setting items. Right-clicking an item displays Help.
❏When you select Print Preview, you can see a preview of your document before printing.
7. Click OK to close the printer driver window.
8. Click Print.
Note:
❏When you select Print Preview, a preview window is displayed. To change the settings, click Cancel, and then repeat
the procedure from step 3.
❏If you want to cancel printing, on your computer right-click on your printer in Devices and Printers, Printer, or in
Printers and Faxes. Click See what's printing, right-click on the job you want to cancel, and then select Cancel.
However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has been completely sent to the printer. In this
case, cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“List of Paper Type” on page 32
&“Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 45
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
44
Menu Options for the Printer Driver
Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.
Main Tab
Printing Presets:
Add/Remove Presets:
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want
to use from the list.
Paper Source:
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed. Select Auto Select to automatically select the
paper source selected in the print settings on the printer.
Document Size:
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If you select User-Dened, enter the paper width
and height, and then register the size.
Orientation:
Select the orientation you want to use to print.
Paper Type:
Select the type of paper on which you print.
Quality:
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing. Available settings depend on the paper type you
select. Selecting High provides higher quality printing, but the printing speed may be slower.
2-Sided Printing:
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.
Settings:
You can specify the binding edge and the binding margins. When printing multi-page
documents, you can select to print starting from either the front or the back side of the page.
Print Density:
Select the document type to adjust the print density. If the appropriate print density is selected,
you can prevent images from bleeding through to the reverse side. Select User Dened to
adjust the print density manually.
Multi-Page:
Allows you to print several pages on one sheet or perform poster printing. Click Layout Order to
specify the order in which pages are printed.
Copies:
Set the number of copies you want to print.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
45
Collate:
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.
Reverse Order:
Allows you to print from the last page so that the pages are stacked in the correct order aer
printing.
Quiet Mode:
Reduces the noise the printer makes. However, enabling this may reduce print speed.
Print Preview:
Displays a preview of your document before printing.
Job Arranger Lite:
Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several les created by dierent applications and print them
as a single print job.
Show Settings/Hide Settings:
Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the
current setting list screen.
Restore Defaults:
Return all settings to their factory default values. e settings on the More Options tab are also reset
to their defaults.
Ink Levels:
Displays the approximate ink level.
More Options Tab
Printing Presets:
Add/Remove Presets:
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want
to use from the list.
Document Size:
Select the paper size on which you want to print.
Output Paper:
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If the Document Size diers from the Output
Paper, Reduce/Enlarge Document is selected automatically. You do not have to select it when
printing without reducing or enlarging the size of a document.
Reduce/Enlarge Document:
Allows you to reduce or enlarge the size of a document.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
46
Fit to Page:
Automatically reduce or enlarge the document to t to the paper size selected in Output
Paper.
Zoom to:
Prints with a specic percentage.
Center:
Prints images in the center of the paper.
Tone Correction:
Automatic:
Adjusts the tone of images automatically.
Custom:
Allows you to perform manual tone correction. Click Advanced for further settings.
Image Options:
Enables print quality options such as Emphasize Text. You can also thicken thin lines to make
them visible on the printouts.
Watermark Features:
Allows you to make settings for anti-copy patterns, watermarks, or headers and footers.
Add/Delete:
Allows you to add or remove any anti-copy patterns or watermarks that you want to use.
Settings:
Allows you to set the printing method for anti-copy patterns or watermarks.
Header/Footer:
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers. You can
then set font, size, or style.
Condential Job:
Password-protect condential documents when printing. If you use this feature, the print data is
stored in the printer and can only be printed aer the password has been entered using the printer's
control panel. Click Settings to change the settings.
Additional Settings:
Rotate 180°:
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as
envelopes that are loaded in xed direction in the printer.
Bidirectional Printing:
Prints when the print head moves in both directions. e print speed is faster, but the quality
may decline.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
47
Mirror Image:
Inverts the image so that it prints as it would appear in a mirror.
Show Settings/Hide Settings:
Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the
current setting list screen.
Restore Defaults:
Return all settings to their factory default values. e settings on the Main tab are also reset to their
defaults.
Maintenance Tab
Print Head Nozzle Check:
Prints a nozzle check pattern to check if the print head nozzles are clogged.
Print Head Cleaning:
Cleans the clogged nozzles in the print head. Because this feature uses some ink, clean the print head
only if some nozzles are clogged as shown in the illustration of the nozzle check pattern.
Power Cleaning:
Runs power cleaning to clean the clogged nozzles in the print head. Because this feature uses more
ink than head cleaning, run power cleaning only if most nozzles are clogged as shown in the
illustration of the nozzle check pattern.
Job Arranger Lite:
Opens the Job Arranger Lite window. Here you can open and edit previously saved data.
EPSON Status Monitor 3:
Opens the EPSON Status Monitor 3 window. Here you can conrm the status of the printer and the
consumables.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
48
Monitoring Preferences:
Allows you to make settings for items on the EPSON Status Monitor 3 window.
Extended Settings:
Allows you to make a variety of settings. Right-click each item to view the Help for more details.
Print Queue:
Displays the jobs waiting to be printed. You can check, pause, or resume print jobs.
Printer and Option Information:
Displays the number of sheets of paper fed into the printer or the ADF.
Language:
Changes the language to be used on the printer driver window. To apply the settings, close the printer
driver, and then open it again.
Software Update:
Starts EPSON Soware Updater to check for the latest version of applications on the Internet.
Technical Support:
If the manual is installed on your computer, the manual is displayed. If it is not installed, you can
connect to the Epson Web site to check the manual and available technical support.
Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing
If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by
selecting the preset from the list.
1. On the printer driver's Main or More Options tab, set each item (such as Document Size and Paper Type).
2. Click Add/Remove Presets in Printing Presets.
3. Enter a Name and, if necessary, enter a comment.
4. Click Save.
Note:
To delete an added preset, click Add/Remove Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then
delete it.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
49
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
5. Click Print.
e next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered setting name from Printing Presets,
and click OK.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing on 2-Sides
You can use either of the following methods to print on both sides of the paper.
❏Automatic 2-sided printing
❏Manual 2-sided printing
When the printer has nished printing the rst side, ip the paper over to print on the other side.
Note:
❏If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 238
❏Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
❏You cannot perform manual 2-sided printing unless EPSON Status Monitor 3 is enabled. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is
disabled, access the printer driver window, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select Enable
EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏However, it may not be available when the printer is accessed over a network or is used as a shared printer.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select the method of 2-Sided Printing.
2. Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
3. Click Print Density, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
When setting Print Density, you can adjust print density according to the document type.
Note:
❏is setting is not available when you select manual 2-sided printing.
❏Printing may be slow depending on the combination of options selected for Select Document Type in the Print
Density Adjustment window and for Quality on the Main tab.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
50
4. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
5. Click Print.
For manual 2-sided printing, when the rst side has nished printing, a pop-up window is displayed on the
computer. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing a Booklet
You can also print a booklet that can be created by re-ordering the pages and folding the printout.
Note:
❏If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 238
❏Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
❏You cannot perform manual 2-sided printing unless EPSON Status Monitor 3 is enabled. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is
disabled, access the printer driver window, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select Enable
EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏However, it may not be available when the printer is accessed over a network or is used as a shared printer.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select the type of long-edge binding you want to use from 2-Sided Printing.
2. Click Settings, select Booklet, and then select Center Binding or Side Binding.
❏Center Binding: Use this method when printing a small number of pages that can be stacked and easily
folded in half.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
51
❏Side Binding. Use this method when printing one sheet (four pages) at a time, folding each in half, and then
putting them together in one volume.
3. Click OK.
4. When printing data that has a lot of photos and images, click Print Density, and then make the appropriate
settings, and then click OK.
When setting Print Density, you can adjust print density according to the document type.
Note:
Printing may be slow depending on the combination of options selected for Select Document Type in the Print Density
Adjustment window and for Quality on the Main tab.
5. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
6. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing Several Pages on One Sheet
You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2-Up, 4-Up, 6-Up, 8-Up, 9-Up, or 16-Up as the Multi-Page setting.
2. Click Layout Order, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
52
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, make the following settings.
❏Document Size: Select the size of the paper you set in the application setting.
❏Output Paper: Select the paper size you loaded in the printer.
Fit to Page is automatically selected.
Note:
Click Center to print the reduced image in the middle of the paper.
2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
3. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
53
Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnication
You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specic percentage.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select the document size from the Document Size setting.
2. Select the paper size you want to print on from the Output Paper setting.
3. Select Reduce/Enlarge Document, Zoom to, and then enter a percentage.
Select Center to print the images in the center of the page.
4. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
5. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
54
Printing One Image on Multiple Sheets for Enlargement (Creating a Poster)
is feature allows you to print one image on multiple sheets of paper. You can create a larger poster by taping
them together.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2x1 Poster, 2x2 Poster, 3x3 Poster, or 4x4 Poster as the Multi-Page
setting.
2. Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
Note:
Print Cutting Guides allows you to print a cutting guide.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Making Posters Using Overlapping Alignment Marks
Here is an example of how to make a poster when 2x2 Poster is selected, and Overlapping Alignment Marks is
selected in Print Cutting Guides.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
55
e actual guides are printed in monochrome, but for this explanation they are shown as blue and red lines.
1. Prepare Sheet 1 and Sheet 2. Cut o the margins of Sheet 1 along the vertical blue line through the center of
the top and bottom cross marks.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
56
2. Place the edge of Sheet 1 on top of Sheet 2 and align the cross marks, then temporarily tape the two sheets
together from the back.
3. Cut the taped sheets in two along the vertical red line through the alignment markers (this time, the line to the
le of the cross marks).
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
57
10. Cut o the remaining margins along the outer guide.
Printing with a Header and Footer
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select Header/Footer.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
61
2. Settings, and then select the items you want to print and then click OK.
Note:
❏To specify the rst page number, select Page Number from the position you want to print in the header or footer, and
then select the number in Starting number.
❏If you want to print text in the header or footer, select the position you want to print, and then select Te xt. Enter the
text you want to print in the text input eld.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing a Watermark
You can print a watermark such as "Condential" or an anti-copy pattern on your printouts. If you print with an
anti-copy pattern, the hidden letters appear when photocopied in order to distinguish the original from the copies.
Anti-Copy Pattern is available under the following conditions:
❏Paper Type: Plain paper, Copy paper, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, High Quality Plain Paper, or
ick paper
❏Quality: Standard
❏2-Sided Printing: O, Manual (Long-edge binding), or Manual (Short-edge binding)
❏Tone C orrection : Automat ic
❏Short Grain Paper: Not selected
Note:
You can also add your own watermark or anti-copy pattern.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select Anti-Copy Pattern or
Watermark.
2. Click Settings to change details such as the size, density, or position of the pattern or the mark.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
62
“More Options Tab” on page 46
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing Password-Protected Files
Yon can set a password for a print job so that it starts printing only aer entering the password on the printer's
control panel.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select Condential Job, and then enter a password.
2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
3. Click Print.
4. To print the job, select Condential Job on the home screen of the printer's control panel. Select the job you
want to print, and then enter the password.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
63
Printing Multiple Files Together
Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several les created by dierent applications and print them as a single
print job. You can specify the print settings for combined les, such as multi-page layout, and 2-sided printing.
1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select Job Arranger Lite.
“Main Tab” on page 45
2. Click Print.
When you start printing, the Job Arranger Lite window is displayed.
3. With the Job Arranger Lite window opened, open the le that you want to combine with the current le, and
then repeat the above steps.
4. When you select a print job added to Print Project Lite in the Job Arranger Lite window, you can edit the page
layout.
5. Click Print from the File menu to start printing.
Note:
If you close the Job Arranger Lite window before adding all the print data to the Print Project, the print job you are
currently working on is canceled. Click Save from the File menu to save the current job. e extension of the saved les
is "ecl".
To open a Print Project, click Job Arranger Lite on the printer driver's Maintenance tab to open the Job Arranger Lite
window. Next, select Open from the File menu to select the le.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Adjusting the Print Tone
You can adjust the tone used in the print job. ese adjustments are not applied to the original data.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
64
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select the method of tone correction from the Tone C orrec tion
setting.
❏Automatic: is setting automatically adjusts the tone to match the paper type and print quality settings.
❏Custom: Click Advanced, you can make your own settings.
2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
3. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing to Emphasize Thin Lines
You can thicken thin lines that are too thin to print.
1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Image Options in the Tone C orre cti on setting.
2. Select Emphasize in Lines.
3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
4. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Windows
65
Printing Clear Bar Codes
You can print a bar code clearly and make it easy to scan. Only enable this feature if the bar code you printed
cannot be scanned.
You can use this feature under the following conditions.
❏Paper Type: Plain paper, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, High Quality Plain Paper, ick paper, Epson
Photo Quality Ink Jet, Epson Matte, or Envelope
❏Quality: Standard
1. On the printer driver's Maintenance tab, click Extended Settings, and then select Barcode mode.
2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 45
“More Options Tab” on page 46
3. Click Print.
Note:
Deblurring may not always be possible depending on the circumstances.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 43
Printing a Document Using the PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)
A PostScript Printer Driver is a driver that outputs printing commands to a printer using a PostScript Page
Description Language.
1. Open the le you want to print.
Load paper in the printer if it has not already been loaded.
2. Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu
3. Select your printer.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing a Document Using the PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)
66
4. Select Preferences or Properties to access the printer driver window.
5. Change the settings as necessary.
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.
6. Click OK to close the printer driver for details.
7. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“List of Paper Type” on page 32
&“Paper/Quality Tab” on page 68
&“Layout Tab” on page 68
Menu Options for the PostScript Printer Driver
Open the print window on an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing a Document Using the PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)
67
Paper/Quality Tab
Tray Selection:
Select the paper source and media.
Paper Source:
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed.
Select Automatically Select to automatically select the paper source selected in the Paper
Setting on the printer.
Media:
Select the type of paper on which you print. If you select Unspecied, printing is performed
from the paper source for which the paper type is set to the following in the printer's settings.
plain papers, Preprinted, Letterhead, Color, Recycled, High quality plain paper
However, paper cannot be fed from a paper source for which the paper source is set to o in
the printer's Auto Select Settings.
Layout Tab
Orientation:
Select the orientation you want to use to print.
Print on Both Sides:
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.
Page Order:
Select to print from the top or the last page. If you select Back to Front, the pages are stacked in the
correct order based on page number aer printing.
Page Format:
Pages per Sheet:
Pages per Sheet Layout:
Allows you to specify the page layout when printing several pages on one sheet.
Booklet:
Booklet Binding:
Select the binding position for booklet.
Draw Borders:
Select this if you want to place a border line for each page when printing several pages on one
sheet or when creating a booklet.
Job Settings Tab
Printer usage may have been restricted by the administrator. Printing is available aer registering your account to
the printer driver. Contact the administrator for details on your user account.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing a Document Using the PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)
68
Job Settings:
Set Access Control Settings.
Save Access Control settings:
Allows you to enter a user name and password.
❏User Name:
Enter a user name.
❏Password:
Enter a password.
Advanced Options
Paper/Output:
Select the paper size and number of copies.
Paper Size:
Select the paper size on which you want to print.
Copies:
Set the number of copies you want to print.
Graphic:
Set the following menu items.
Print Quality:
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing.
Scaling:
Allows you to reduce or enlarge the document.
TrueType Font:
Sets the font substitute to TrueType Font.
Document Options:
Advanced Printing Features:
Allows you to make detailed settings for printing features.
PostScript Options:
Allows you to make optional settings.
Printer Features:
Set the following menu items.
Ink Save Mode:
Conserves ink by reducing the print density.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing a Document Using the PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)
69
Rotate by 180º:
Rotates the data 180 degrees before printing.
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
Printing Using Easy Settings
Note:
Operations and screens dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
1. Load paper in the printer .
“Loading Paper” on page 32
2. Open the le you want to print.
3. Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.
If necessary, click Show Details or
d
to expand the print window.
4. Select your printer.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
70
5. Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.
Note:
If the Print Settings menu is not displayed on macOS Catalina (10.15) or later, macOS High Sierra (10.13), macOS
Sierra (10.12), OS X El Capitan (10.11), OS X Yosemite (10.10), OS X Mavericks (10.9), OS X Mountain Lion (10.8),
the Epson printer driver has not been installed correctly. Enable it from the following menu.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), remove the
printer, and then add the printer again. See the following to add a printer.
“Adding the Printer (for Mac OS Only)” on page 131
macOS Mojave (10.14) cannot access Print Settings in applications made by Apple such as TextEdit.
6. Change the settings as necessary.
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.
7. Click Print.
Note:
If you want to cancel printing, on your computer click the printer icon in the Dock. Select the job you want to cancel,
and then do one of the following. However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has been completely
sent to the printer. In this case, cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.
❏OS X Mountain Lion (10.8) or later
Click next to the progress meter.
❏Mac OS X v10.6.8 to v10.7.x
Click Delete.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
71
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“List of Paper Type” on page 32
&“Menu Options for Print Settings” on page 73
Menu Options for the Printer Driver
Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.
Menu Options for Layout
Pages per Sheet:
Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.
Layout Direction:
Specify the order in which the pages will be printed.
Border:
Prints a border around the pages.
Reverse page orientation:
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as envelopes
that are loaded in xed direction in the printer.
Flip horizontally:
Inverts an image to print as it would appear in a mirror.
Menu Options for Color Matching
ColorSync/EPSON Color Controls:
Select the method for color adjustment. ese options adjusts colors between the printer and the
computer display to minimize the dierence in tone.
Menu Options for Paper Handling
Collate pages:
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.
Pages to Print:
Select to print only odd pages or even pages.
Page Order:
Select to print from the top or the last page.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
72
Scale to t paper size:
Prints to t to the paper size you loaded.
❏Destination Paper Size:
Select the paper size to print on.
❏Scale down only:
Select this when you want to reduce the size only if the print data is too large for the paper size
loaded in the printer.
Menu Options for Cover Page
Print Cover Page:
Select whether or not to print a cover page. When you want to add a back cover, select Aer document.
Cover Page Type:
Select the contents of the cover page.
Menu Options for Print Settings
Paper Source:
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed. Select Auto Select to automatically select the paper
source selected in the print settings on the printer.
Media Type:
Select the type of paper on which you print.
Print Quality:
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing. e options vary depending on the paper type.
Advanced Settings:
Adjusts the brightness and the contrast of images.
Menu Options for Two-sided Printing Settings
Two-sided Printing:
Prints on both sides of the paper.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
73
Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing
If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by
selecting the preset from the list.
1. Set each item such as Print Settings and Layout (Paper Size, Media Type, and so on).
2. Click Presets to save the current settings as a preset.
3. Click OK.
Note:
To delete an added preset, click Presets > Show Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then
delete it.
4. Click Print.
e next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered preset name from the Presets.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 70
Printing on 2-Sides
You can print on both sides of the paper.
Note:
❏If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 238
❏Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
74
1. Select Two-sided Printing Settings from the pop-up menu.
2. Select the bindings in Two-sided Printing.
3. Select the type of original in Document Type.
Note:
❏Printing may be slow depending on the Document Type setting.
❏If you are printing high-density data such as photos or graphs, select Tex t & P hoto s or Te xt & Gr aphic s as the
Document Type setting. If scung occurs or the image bleeds through to the reverse side, adjust the print density
and ink drying time by clicking the arrow mark next to Adjustments.
4. Set the other items as necessary.
5. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 70
Printing Several Pages on One Sheet
You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.
1. Select Layout from the pop-up menu.
2. Set the number of pages in Pages per Sheet, the Layout Direction (page order), and Border.
3. Set the other items as necessary.
4. Click Print.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
75
Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.
1. Select the size of the paper you set in the application as the Paper Size setting.
2. Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.
3. Select Scale to t paper size.
4. Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.
5. Set the other items as necessary.
6. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 70
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS
76
Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnication
You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specic percentage.
1. Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.
2. Select Page Setup from the File menu of the application.
3. Select Printer, Paper Size, enter percentage in Scale, and then click OK.
Note:
Select the paper size you set in the application as the Paper Size setting.
4. Set the other items as necessary.
5. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 70
Printing from the PostScript Printer Driver on Mac OS
A PostScript Printer Driver is a driver that outputs printing commands to a printer using a PostScript Page
Description Language.
1. Open the le you want to print.
Load paper in the printer if it has not already been loaded.
2. Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu.
If necessary, click Show Details or
d
to expand the print window.
3. Select your printer.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from the PostScript Printer Driver on Mac OS
77
4. Select Print Features from the pop-up menu.
5. Change the settings as necessary.
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.
6. Click Print.
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“List of Paper Type” on page 32
&“Menu Options for Printer Features” on page 80
Menu Options for the PostScript Printer Driver
Open the print window on an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.
Menu Options for Layout
Pages per Sheet:
Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from the PostScript Printer Driver on Mac OS
78
Layout Direction:
Specify the order in which the pages will be printed.
Border:
Prints a border around the pages.
Two-Sided:
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.
Reverse page orientation:
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing.
Flip horizontally:
Inverts the image so that it prints as it would appear in a mirror.
Menu Options for Color Matching
ColorSync/In Printer:
Select the method for color adjustment. ese options adjusts color between the printer and the
computer display to minimize the dierence in tone.
Menu Options for Paper Handling
Collate pages:
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.
Pages to Print:
Select to print only odd pages or even pages.
Page Order:
Select to print from the top or the last page.
Scale to t paper size:
Prints to t to the paper size you loaded.
Destination Paper Size:
Select the paper size to print on.
Scale down only:
Select when reducing the size of the document.
Menu Options for Paper Feed
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing from the PostScript Printer Driver on Mac OS
79
All Pages From:
Selecting Auto Select selects the paper source that matches the Paper Setting on the printer
automatically.
First Page From/Remaining From:
You can also select the paper source for page.
Menu Options for Cover Page
Print Cover Page:
Select whether or not to print a cover page. When you want to add a back cover, select Aer
document.
Cover Page Type:
Select the contents of the cover page.
Menu Options for Printer Features
Feature Sets:
Quality:
MediaType:
Select the type of paper on which you print. If you select Unspecied, printing is
performed from the paper source for which the paper type is set to the following in the
printer's settings.
plain papers, Preprinted, Letterhead, Color, Recycled, High quality plain paper
However, paper cannot be fed from a paper source for which the paper source is set to
o in the printer's Auto Select Settings.
Print Quality:
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing.
Others:
Ink Save Mode:
Conserves ink by reducing the print density.
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)
You can print documents from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)
80
Printing Documents Using Epson Smart Panel
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.
2. If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.
“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 245
3. Connect your smart device to the wireless router.
4. Start Epson Smart Panel.
5. Select the print document menu on the home screen.
6. Select the document you want to print.
7. Start printing.
Printing Documents Using AirPrint
AirPrint enables instant wireless printing from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install
drivers or download soware.
Note:
If you disabled paper conguration messages on your printer control panel, you cannot use AirPrint. See the link below to
enable the messages, if necessary.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.
http://epson.sn
2. Connect your Apple device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.
3. Print from your device to your printer.
Note:
For details, see the AirPrint page on the Apple website.
Related Information
&“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (iOS)” on page 163
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)
81
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)
You can print documents from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet.
Printing Documents Using Epson Smart Panel
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.
2. If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.
“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 245
3. Connect your smart device to the wireless router.
4. Start Epson Smart Panel.
5. Select the print document menu on the home screen.
6. Select the document you want to print.
7. Start printing.
Printing Documents Using Epson Print Enabler
You can wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web pages right from your Android phone or tablet
(Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will discover an Epson printer that is connected to
the same wireless network.
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.
2. On your Android device, install the Epson Print Enabler plug-in from Google Play.
3. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network as your printer.
4. Go to Settings on your Android device, select Printing, and then enable Epson Print Enabler.
Printing
>
Printing Documents
>
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)
82
5. From an Android application such as Chrome, tap the menu icon and print whatever is on the screen.
Note:
If you do not see your printer, tap All Printers and select your printer.
Printing Using Mopria Print Service
Mopria Print Service enables instant wireless printing from Android smart phones or tablets.
1. Install Mopria Print Service from Google Play.
2. Load paper in the printer.
3. Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.
http://epson.sn
4. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.
5. Print from your device to your printer.
Note:
For more details, access the Mopria Web site at https://mopria.org.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
Printing on Envelopes
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Windows)
1. Load envelopes in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
2. Open the le you want to print.
3. Access the printer driver window.
4. Select the envelope size from Document Size on the Main tab, and then select Envelope from Paper Type.
5. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
Printing
>
Printing on Envelopes
>
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Windows)
83
6. Click Print.
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Mac OS)
1. Load envelopes in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
2. Open the le you want to print.
3. Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.
4. Select the size as the Paper Size setting.
5. Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.
6. Select Envelope as the Media Type setting.
7. Set the other items as necessary.
8. Click Print.
Printing Web Pages
Printing Web Pages from a Computer
Epson Photo+ allows you to display web pages, crop the specied area, and then edit and print them. See the
application’s help for details.
Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices
Note:
Operations may dier depending on the device.
1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.
2. If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.
“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 245
3. Connect your smart device to the same wireless network as your printer.
4. Open the web page you want to print in your web browser app.
5. Tap Share from the menu of the web browser application.
Printing
>
Printing Web Pages
>
Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices
84
6. Select Smart Panel.
7. Tap Print.
Printing Using a Cloud Service
By using Epson Connect service available on the Internet, you can print from your smartphone, tablet PC, or
laptop, anytime and practically anywhere. To use this service, you need to register the user and the printer in
Epson Connect.
e features available on the Internet are as follows.
❏Email Print
When you send an email with attachments such as documents or images to an email address assigned to the
printer, you can print that email and the attachments from remote locations such as your home or oce printer.
❏Epson iPrint
is Application is for iOS and Android, and allows you to print or scan from a smartphone or tablet. You can
print documents, images, and web sites by sending them directly to a printer on the same wireless LAN.
❏Remote Print Driver
is is a shared driver supported by Remote Print Driver. When printing using a printer in a remote location,
you can print by changing the printer on the usual applications window.
See the Epson Connect web portal for details on how to setup or print.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu (Europe only)
Printing
>
Printing Using a Cloud Service
85
Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel
Follow the steps below to register the printer.
1. Select Settings on the control panel.
2. Select General Settings > Web Service Settings > Epson Connect Services > Unregister to print the
registration sheet.
3. Follow the instructions on the registration sheet to register the printer.
Printing
>
Printing Using a Cloud Service
>
Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel
86
Available Copying Methods
Place the originals on the scanner glass or the ADF, and then select the Copy menu on the home screen.
Copying Originals
You can copy xed size or custom size originals in monochrome.
1. Load paper in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
2. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
3. Select Copy on the home screen.
4. Tap
x
.
Copying on 2-Sides
Copy multiple originals on both sides of the paper.
1. Place all originals face up in the ADF.
c
Important:
If you want to copy originals that are not supported by the ADF, use the scanner glass.
“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 36
Note:
You can also place the originals on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
Copying
>
Available Copying Methods
>
Copying on 2-Sides
88
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Basic Settings tab, select 2-Sided, and then select 2→2-Sided or 1→2-Sided
4. Specify other settings such as the original orientation and the binding position.
5. Tap
x
.
Copying by Enlarging or Reducing
You can copy originals at a specied magnication.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Basic Settings tab, and then select Reduce/Enlarge.
4. Specify the amount of enlargement or reduction.
5. Tap
x
.
Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet
You can copy the multiple originals onto a single sheet.
1. Place all originals face up in the ADF.
Place them in the direction shown in the illustration.
Copying
>
Available Copying Methods
>
Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet
89
❏Readable Direction
❏Le Direction
c
Important:
If you want to copy originals that are not supported by the ADF, use the scanner glass.
“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 36
Note:
You can also place the originals on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Advanced tab, select Multi-Page, and then select 2-up or 4-up.
4. Specify the layout order and the original orientation.
5. Tap
x
.
Copying
>
Available Copying Methods
>
Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet
90
Copying in Page Order
When making multiple copies of a multi-page document, you can discharge one copy at a time in page order.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Advanced tab, and then select Finishing > Collate (Page Order).
4. Tap
x
.
Copying Originals Using Good Quality
You can copy originals without shadows and punched holes.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Advanced tab, and then enable Remove Shadow or Remove Punch Holes or adjust the image
quality in Image Quality.
4. Tap
x
.
Copying
>
Available Copying Methods
>
Copying Originals Using Good Quality
91
Copying ID card
Scans both sides of an ID card and copies onto one side of a paper.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Basic Settings tab, select ID Card Copy, and then enable the setting.
4. Specify the Orientation (Original).
5. Tap
x
.
Copying Books
Copies two facing pages of a book and so on onto separate sheets of paper.
1. Place the original on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Copy on the home screen.
3. Select the Advanced tab, select Book->2 Pages, and then enable the setting.
4. Specify Scan Order.
5. Tap
x
.
Basic Menu Options for Copying
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Copying
>
Basic Menu Options for Copying
92
Density:
Increase the level of density when the copying results are faint. Decrease the level of density when ink
smears.
Paper Setting:
Select the paper source that you want to use. When Auto is selected, a suitable size is fed
automatically depending on the auto detected original size and the specied magnication ratio.
Reduce/Enlarge:
Congures the magnication ratio of the enlargement or reduction. Tap the value and specify the
magnication used to enlarge or reduce the original within a range of 25 to 400%.
❏Auto
Detects the scan area and automatically enlarges or reduces the original to t to the paper size you
selected. When there are white margins around the original, the white margins from the corner
mark ( ) of the scanner glass are detected as the scan area, but the margins at the opposite side
may be cropped.
❏Reduce to Fit Paper
Copies the scanned image at a smaller size than the Reduce/Enlarge value to t within the paper
size. If the Reduce/Enlarge value is larger than the paper size, data may be printed beyond the
edges of the paper.
❏Actual Size
Copies at 100 % magnication.
❏A3→A4 and others
Automatically enlarges or reduces the original to t to a specic paper size.
Original Type:
Select the type of your original. Copies in optimal quality to match the type of original.
2-Sided:
Select 2-sided layout.
❏1→1-Sided
Copies one side of an original onto a single side of paper.
❏2→2-Sided
Copies both sides of a double-sided original onto both sides of a single sheet of paper. Select the
orientation of your original and the binding position of the original and the paper.
Copying
>
Basic Menu Options for Copying
93
❏1→2-Sided
Copies two single-sided originals onto both sides of a single sheet of paper. Select the orientation
of your original and the binding position of the paper.
❏2→1-Sided
Copies both sides of a double-sided original onto one side of two sheets of paper. Select the
orientation of your original and the binding position of the original.
ID Card Copy:
Scans both sides of an ID card and copies onto one side of a paper.
Advanced Menu Options for Copying
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Multi-Page:
Select the copy layout.
❏Single Page
Copies a single-sided original onto a single sheet.
❏2-up
Copies two single-sided originals onto a single sheet in 2-up layout. Select the layout order and the
orientation of your original.
❏4-up
Copies four single-sided originals onto a single sheet in 4-up layout. Select the layout order and
the orientation of your original.
Original Size:
Select the size of your original. When you select Auto Detect, the size of your original is
automatically detected. When copying non-standard size originals, select the size closest to your
original.
Finishing:
Select how to eject the paper for multiple copies of multiple originals.
❏Group (Same Pages)
Copies the originals by page as a group.
Copying
>
Advanced Menu Options for Copying
94
❏Collate (Page Order)
Copies the originals collated in order and sorted into sets.
Mixed Size Originals:
You can place the following combination of sizes in the ADF at the same time. A3 and A4; B4 and B5.
When using these combinations, originals are copied at the actual size of the originals. Place your
originals by aligning the width of the originals as shown below.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of your original.
Book->2 Pages:
Copies two facing pages of a booklet onto separate sheets of paper.
Select which page of a booklet to scan.
Image Quality:
Adjust image settings.
❏Contrast
Adjust the dierence between the bright and dark parts.
❏Sharpness
Adjust the outline of the image.
❏Remove Background
Adjust the density of the background color. Tap + to make it bright (white) and tap - to make it
dark (black).
Binding Margin:
Select such as the binding position, margin, and orientation of your original.
Reduce to Fit Paper:
Copies the scanned image at a smaller size than the Reduce/Enlarge value to t within the paper size.
If the Reduce/Enlarge value is larger than the paper size, data may be printed beyond the edges of the
paper.
Remove Shadow:
Removes shadows that appear around copies when copying thick paper or that appear in the center of
copies when copying a booklet.
Copying
>
Advanced Menu Options for Copying
95
Scanning
Available Scanning Methods..........................................98
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder..................................98
Scanning Originals to an Email.......................................101
Scanning Originals to a Computer.....................................105
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device.................................106
Scanning Originals to the Cloud...................................... 108
Scanning Using WSD.............................................. 110
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device...................................112
Available Scanning Methods
You can use any of the following methods to scan using this printer.
Scanning to a Network Folder
You can save the scanned image to a pre-congured folder on a network.
“Scanning Originals to a Network Folder” on page 98
Scanning to an Email
You can send scanned image les by email directly from the printer through a pre-congured email
server.
“Scanning Originals to an Email” on page 101
Scanning to a Computer
You can save the scanned image to a computer connected to the printer.
“Scanning Originals to a Computer” on page 105
Scanning to a Memory Device
You can save scanned images directly to a memory device inserted into the printer.
“Scanning Originals to a Memory Device” on page 106
Sending to a Cloud Service
You can send scanned images from the printer's control panel to cloud services that have been
registered in advance.
“Scanning Originals to the Cloud” on page 108
Scanning Using WSD
You can save the scanned image to a computer connected to the printer, using WSD feature.
“Scanning Using WSD” on page 110
Scanning Directly from Smart Devices
You can save scanned images directly to a smart device such as a smart phone or tablet by using the
Epson Smart Panel application on the smart device.
“Scanning Originals to a Smart Device” on page 112
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
Check the following before scanning.
❏Make sure that a network folder is prepared. See the following when creating a shared folder on a network.
“Creating the Shared Folder” on page 297
❏Register a network folder path in your contacts in advance to easily specify the folder.
“Making Contacts Available” on page 313
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
98
Note:
Make sure the printer's Date/Time and Time Dierence settings are correct. Access the menus from Settings > General
Settings > Basic Settings > Date/Time Settings.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Scan > Network Folder/FTP on the control panel.
3. Specify the destination.
“Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder” on page 99
Note:
You can print the history of the folder in which documents are saved, by selecting .
4. Select Scan Settings, and then check settings such as the save format, and change them if necessary.
“Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder” on page 100
Note:
Select to save your settings as a preset.
5. Tap
x
.
Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder
Keyboard:
Open the Edit Location screen. Enter the folder path and set each item on the screen.
Edit Location:
Enter the folder path and set each item on the screen.
❏Communication Mode:
Select the communication mode for the folder.
❏Location (Required):
Enter a folder path in which to save the scanned image.
❏User Name:
Enter a user name to log on to the specied folder.
❏Password:
Enter a password corresponding to the user name.
❏Connection Mode:
Select the connection mode for the folder.
❏Port Number:
Enter a port number for the folder.
Contacts:
Select a destination from the contacts list.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
>
Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder
99
You can search for a contact from the contacts list. Enter the search keyword into the box at the top of
the screen.
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you want to save as PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF, select whether to save all originals as one le (multi-
page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF les.
To create a PDF le that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF le that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.
Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
2-Sided:
Scan both sides of the original.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
❏Binding(Original):
Select the binding direction of the original.
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder
>
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder
100
Mixed Size Originals:
You can place the following combination of sizes in the ADF at the same time. A3 and A4; B4 and B5.
When using these combinations, originals are scanned at the actual size of the originals. Place your
originals by aligning the width of the originals as shown below.
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏Frame:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
File Name:
❏Filename Prex:
Enter a prex for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏Add Date:
Add the date to the le name.
❏Add Time:
Add the time to the le name.
Scanning Originals to an Email
You need to setup the following before scanning.
❏Congure the email server.
“Conguring a Mail Server” on page 294
❏Register an email address in your contacts in advance so that you can easily specify the address by selecting it
from your contacts.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to an Email
101
❏Make sure the printer's Date/Time and Time Dierence settings are correct. Access the menus from Settings >
General Settings > Basic Settings > Date/Time Settings.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Scan > Email on the control panel.
3. Specify the recipient.
“Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an Email” on page 102
Note:
❏e number of recipients you selected is displayed on the right of the screen. You can send emails to up to 10
addresses and groups.
If groups is included in recipients, you can select up to 200 individual addresses in total, taking addresses in the
groups into account.
❏Select the address box at the top of the screen to display the list of selected addresses.
❏Select to display or print the sending history, or change the email server settings.
4. Select Scan Settings, and then check settings such as the save format, and change them if necessary.
“Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email” on page 102
Note:
Select to save your settings as a preset.
5. Tap
x
.
Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
Keyboard:
Enter the email address manually.
Contacts:
Select a destination from the contacts list.
You can search for a contact from the contacts list. Enter the search keyword into the box at the top of
the screen.
History:
Select the address from the history list.
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to an Email
>
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
102
Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you want to save as PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF, select whether to save all originals as one le (multi-
page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF les.
To create a PDF le that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF le that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.
Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
2-Sided:
Scan both sides of the original.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
❏Binding(Original):
Select the binding direction of the original.
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Mixed Size Originals:
You can place the following combination of sizes in the ADF at the same time. A3 and A4; B4 and B5.
When using these combinations, originals are scanned at the actual size of the originals. Place your
originals by aligning the width of the originals as shown below.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to an Email
>
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
103
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏Frame:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Subject:
Enter a subject for the email in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
Attached File Max Size:
Select the maximum le size that can be attached to the email.
File Name:
❏Filename Prex:
Enter a prex for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏Add Date:
Add the date to the le name.
❏Add Time:
Add the time to the le name.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to an Email
>
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email
104
Scanning Originals to a Computer
Note:
To use this feature, make sure the following applications are installed on your computer.
❏Epson ScanSmart (Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan or later)
❏Epson Event Manager (Windows Vista/Windows XP, or OS X Yosemite/OS X Mavericks/OS X Mountain Lion/Mac OS
X v10.7.x/Mac OS X v10.6.8)
❏Epson Scan 2 (application required to use the scanner feature)
See the following to check for installed applications.
Windows 10: Click the start button, and then check the Epson Soware folder > Epson ScanSmart, and the EPSON folder
> Epson Scan 2.
Windows 8.1/Windows 8: Enter the application name in the search charm, and then check the displayed icon.
Windows 7: Click the start button, and then select All Programs. Next, check the Epson Soware folder > Epson
ScanSmart, and the EPSON folder > Epson Scan 2.
Windows Vista/Windows XP: Click the start button, and then select All Programs or Programs. Next, check the Epson
Soware folder > Epson Event Manager, and the EPSON folder > Epson Scan 2.
Mac OS: Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Scan > Computer on the control panel.
3. Select a computer on which to save the scanned images.
4. Make the scan settings.
❏Select action: Select saving method.
When using Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan or later: Select Preview on Computer to preview the
scanned image on your computer before saving images.
❏2-Sided: Scan both sides of the original.
❏Scan Size: Select the scan size.
5. Tap
x
.
When using Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan or later: Epson ScanSmart automatically starts on your
computer, and scanning starts.
Note:
❏See the Epson ScanSmart help for detailed operation information for the soware. Click Help on the Epson
ScanSmart screen to open the help.
❏You can not only start scanning from the printer but also from your computer by using Epson ScanSmart.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Computer
105
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Insert a memory device into the printer.
“Inserting an External USB Device” on page 40
3. Select Scan > Memory Device on the control panel.
4. Make the scan settings.
“Basic Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device” on page 106
“Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device” on page 107
Note:
Select to save your settings as a preset.
5. Tap
x
.
Basic Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
B&W/Color
Select whether to scan in monochrome or in color.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you want to save as PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF, select whether to save all originals as one le (multi-
page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF les.
To create a PDF le that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF le that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.
Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
2-Sided:
Scan both sides of the original.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device
>
Basic Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device
106
❏Binding(Original):
Select the binding direction of the original.
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Mixed Size Originals:
You can place the following combination of sizes in the ADF at the same time. A3 and A4; B4 and B5.
When using these combinations, originals are scanned at the actual size of the originals. Place your
originals by aligning the width of the originals as shown below.
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏Frame:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Memory Device
>
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to a Memory Device
107
File Name:
❏Filename Prex:
Enter a prex for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏Add Date:
Add the date to the le name.
❏Add Time:
Add the time to the le name.
Scanning Originals to the Cloud
Before using this feature, make settings using Epson Connect. See the following Epson Connect portal website for
details.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu (Europe only)
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Scan > Cloud on the control panel.
3. Select on the top of the screen, and then select a destination.
4. Make the scan settings.
“Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud” on page 108
“Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud” on page 109
Note:
Select to save your settings as a preset.
5. Tap
x
.
Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
B&W/Color
Select whether to scan in monochrome or in color.
File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you want to save as PDF, select whether to save all originals as one le (multi-page) or save
each original separately (single page).
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to the Cloud
>
Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud
108
2-Sided:
Scan both sides of the original.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
❏Binding(Original):
Select the binding direction of the original.
Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud
Note:
e items may not be available depending on other settings you made.
Original Type:
Select the type of your original.
Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.
Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏Frame:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.
Remove Punch Holes:
Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to the Cloud
>
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud
109
Scanning Using WSD
Note:
❏is feature is only available for computers running Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista.
❏If you are using Windows 7/Windows Vista, you need to setup your computer in advance using this feature.
“Setting Up a WSD Port” on page 110
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Select Scan > WSD on the control panel.
3. Select a computer.
4. Tap
x
.
Setting Up a WSD Port
is section explains how to set up a WSD port for Windows 7/Windows Vista.
Note:
For Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8, the WSD port is set up automatically.
e following is necessary to set up a WSD port.
❏e printer and the computer are connected to the network.
❏e printer driver is installed on the computer.
1. Turn the printer on.
2. Click start, and then click Network on the computer.
3. Right-click the printer, and then click Install.
Click Continue when the User Account Control screen is displayed.
Scanning
>
Scanning Using WSD
>
Setting Up a WSD Port
110
Click Uninstall and start again if the Uninstall screen is displayed.
Note:
e printer name you set on the network and model name (EPSON XXXXXX (XX-XXXX)) are displayed on the
network screen. You can check the printer's name set on the network from the printer's control panel or by printing a
network status sheet.
4. Click Your device is ready to use.
5. Check the message, and then click Close.
Scanning
>
Scanning Using WSD
>
Setting Up a WSD Port
111
6. Open the Devices and Printers screen.
❏Windows 7
Click start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound (or Hardware) > Devices and Printers.
❏Windows Vista
Click start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
7. Check that an icon with the printer's name on the network is displayed.
Select the printer name when using with WSD.
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device
Note:
Before scanning, install Epson Smart Panel on your smart device.
1. Place the originals.
“Placing Originals” on page 37
2. Start Epson Smart Panel on your smart device.
3. Select scan menu on the home screen.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions to scan and save the images.
Scanning
>
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device
112
Maintaining the Printer
Checking the Status of Consumables................................... 114
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality................................114
Cleaning the Printer...............................................126
Cleaning Spilled ink............................................... 126
Checking the Total Number of Pages Fed rough the Printer.................127
Saving Power.................................................... 127
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately..........................128
Transporting and Storing the Printer...................................135
Checking the Status of Consumables
You can check the approximate service life of the maintenance box from the control panel. Press the button,
and then select Printer Status.
To conrm the actual ink remaining, visually check the ink level in the printer's tank.
Note:
You can also check the approximate ink level and the approximate service life of the maintenance box from the status
monitor on the printer driver.
❏Windows
Click EPSON Status Monitor 3 on the Maintenance tab.
If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is disabled, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select Enable
EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏Mac OS
Apple menu > System Preferences > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax) > Epson(XXXX) > Options
& Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility > EPSON Status Monitor
Related Information
&“It is Time to Rell the Ink” on page 186
&“It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box” on page 190
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
Adjusting the Print Quality
If you notice a misaligned vertical lines, blurred images, or horizontal banding, adjust the print quality.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Print Quality Adjustment.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.
4. Examine the printed pattern.
❏If there are broken lines or missing segments as shown in the "NG" pattern, the print head nozzles may be
clogged. Select to clean the print head.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Adjusting the Print Quality
114
❏If you cannot see any broken lines or missing segments as in the following "OK" pattern, the nozzles are not
clogged. Select to proceed to the next adjustment.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to print the patterns for print head alignment, and then align the print head.
❏is pattern allows you to perform alignment if your printouts look blurry.
Find and select the number for the most solid pattern.
❏is pattern allows you to perform alignment if vertical ruled lines appear misaligned.
Find and select the number for the pattern that has the least misaligned vertical line.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Adjusting the Print Quality
115
❏is pattern allows you to perform alignment if you see horizontal banding at regular intervals.
Find and select the number for the least separated and overlapping pattern.
Checking and Cleaning the Print Head
If the nozzles are clogged, the printouts become faint or there is visible banding. If the nozzles are severely clogged,
a blank sheet will be printed. When print quality has declined, rst use the nozzle check feature to check if the
nozzles are clogged. If the nozzles are clogged, clean the print head.
c
Important:
❏Do not open the scanner unit or turn o the printer during head cleaning. If the head cleaning is incomplete, you
may not be able to print.
❏Head cleaning consumes ink and should not be performed more than necessary.
❏When ink is low, you may not be able to clean the print head.
❏If print quality has not improved aer repeating nozzle check and head cleaning 3 times, wait for at least 12
hours without printing, and then run the nozzle check again and repeat the head cleaning if necessary. We
recommend turning o the printer by using the
P
button. If print quality has still not improved, run Power
Cleaning.
❏To prevent the print head from drying out, do not unplug the printer while the power is on.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Print Head Nozzle Check.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Checking and Cleaning the Print Head
116
4. Check the printed pattern to see if the print head nozzles are clogged.
❏A:
All lines are printed. Select . No further steps are needed.
❏B or close to B
Some nozzles are clogged. Select , and then follow the on-screen instructions to clean the print head.
❏C or close to C
If most lines are missing or not printed, this indicates most nozzles are clogged. Select to exit the nozzle
check feature, and then run Power Cleaning. For details, see "Related information" below.
5. When cleaning is nished, print the nozzle check pattern again. Repeat cleaning and printing the pattern until
all lines are printed completely.
c
Important:
If print quality has not improved aer repeating nozzle check and head cleaning 3 times, wait for at least 12 hours
without printing, and then run the nozzle check again and repeat the head cleaning if necessary. We recommend
turning o the printer by using the
P
button. If print quality has still not improved, run Power Cleaning.
Note:
You can also check and clean the print head from the printer driver.
❏Windows
Click Print Head Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab.
❏Mac OS
Apple menu > System Preferences > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax) > Epson(XXXX) > Options
& Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility > Print Head Nozzle Check
Related Information
&“Running Power Cleaning” on page 117
Running Power Cleaning
e Power Cleaning feature may improve print quality in the following cases.
❏When most nozzles are clogged.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Running Power Cleaning
117
❏When you have performed a nozzle check and head cleaning 3 times and waited for at least 12 hours without
printing, but print quality still did not improve.
Before running this feature, use the nozzle check feature to check if the nozzles are clogged, read the following
instructions, and then run Power Cleaning.
c
Important:
Make sure that there is enough ink in the ink tank.
Visually check the ink tank is at least a third full. Low ink levels during Power Cleaning could damage the product.
c
Important:
An interval of 12 hours is required between each Power Cleaning.
Normally, a single Power Cleaning should resolve the print quality issue within 12 hours. erefore, to avoid
unnecessary ink usage, you must wait 12 hours before you try it again.
c
Important:
Maintenance box replacement may be required.
Ink will be deposited to the maintenance box. If it becomes full, you must prepare and install a replacement
maintenance box to continue printing.
Note:
When the ink levels or the free space in the maintenance box are insucient for Power Cleaning, you cannot run this
feature. Even in this case, the levels and the free space for printing may remain.
1. Select Maintenance on the home screen.
2. Select Power Cleaning.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to run the Power Cleaning feature.
Note:
If you cannot run this feature, solve the problems that are displayed on the screen. Next, follow this procedure from step
1 to run this feature again.
4. Aer running this feature, run the nozzle check to make sure the nozzles are not clogged.
For details on how to run the nozzle check, see the related information link below.
c
Important:
If print quality has not improved aer running Power Cleaning, wait for at least 12 hours without printing, and
then print the nozzle check pattern again. Run Print Head Cleaning or Power Cleaning again depending on the
printed pattern. If quality still does not improve, contact Epson support.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Running Power Cleaning
118
Note:
You can also run power cleaning from the printer driver.
❏Windows
Click Power Cleaning on the Maintenance tab.
❏Mac OS
Apple menu > System Preferences > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax) > Epson(XXXX) > Options
& Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility > Power Cleaning
Related Information
&“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 116
Preventing nozzle clogging
Always use the power button when turning the printer on and o.
Check that the power light is o before you disconnect the power cord.
e ink itself can dry out if it is not covered. Just like placing a cap on a fountain pen or an oil pen to prevent it
from drying, make sure the print head is capped properly to prevent the ink from drying.
When the power cord is unplugged or a power outage occurs while the printer is in operation, the print head may
not be capped properly. If the print head is le as it is, it will dry out causing nozzles (ink outlets) to clog.
In these cases, turn the printer on and o again as soon as possible to cap the print head.
Aligning the Print Head
If you notice a misalignment of vertical lines or blurred images, align the print head.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Print Head Alignment.
3. Select one of the alignment menus.
❏Ruled Line Alignment: Select this if your printouts look blurry or vertical ruled lines appear misaligned.
❏Horizontal Alignment: Select this if you see horizontal banding at regular intervals.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the alignment pattern.
Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears
When the printouts are smeared or scued, clean the roller inside.
c
Important:
Do not use tissue paper to clean the inside of the printer. e print head nozzles may be clogged with lint.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears
119
2. Select Paper Guide Cleaning.
3. Select the paper source, load plain paper in the paper source you selected, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to clean the paper path.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
Note:
Repeat this procedure until the paper is not smeared with ink. If the printouts are still smeared or scued, clean the
other paper sources.
Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat
When the following occurs, clean the scanner glass and document mat.
❏When copies or scanned images are smeared
❏When the copy or scanned area extends to include dust or stains, resulting in the wrong copying or scanning
position or small images
!
Caution:
Be careful not to trap your hand or ngers when opening or closing the document cover. Otherwise you may be
injured.
c
Important:
Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer. ese chemicals can damage the printer.
1. Open the document cover.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Docume
…
120
2. Use a so, dry, clean cloth to clean the surface of the scanner glass.
c
Important:
❏If the glass surface is stained with grease or some other hard-to-remove material, use a small amount of
glass cleaner and a so cloth to remove it. Wipe o all remaining liquid.
❏Do not press the glass surface too hard.
❏Be careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the glass. A damaged glass surface can decrease the scan
quality.
3. Clean the surface of the document mat using a so, clean, and moist cloth moistened with a mild detergent.
4. Wipe o the document mat with a dry cloth.
Use the scanner aer the document mat has dried.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Docume
…
121
Cleaning the ADF
When the copied or scanned images from the ADF are smeared or the originals do not feed in the ADF correctly,
clean the ADF.
c
Important:
Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer. ese chemicals can damage the printer.
1. Open the ADF cover.
2. Use a so, moist cloth to clean the roller and the interior of the ADF.
c
Important:
❏Using a dry cloth may damage the surface of the roller.
❏Use the ADF aer the roller has dried.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Cleaning the ADF
122
3. Close the ADF cover, and then open the document cover.
4. Clean the part that is shown in the illustration.
c
Important:
❏If the glass surface is stained with grease or some other hard-to-remove material, use a small amount of
glass cleaner and a so cloth to remove it. Wipe o all remaining liquid.
❏Do not press the glass surface too hard.
❏Be careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the glass. A damaged glass surface can decrease the scan
quality.
Cleaning the Translucent Film
When the printout is not improved aer aligning the print head or cleaning the paper path, the translucent lm
inside the printer may be smeared.
Items required:
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Cleaning the Translucent Film
123
❏Cotton swabs (several)
❏Water with a few drops of detergent (2 to 3 drops of detergent in 1/4 cup of tap water)
❏Light for checking smears
c
Important:
Do not use cleaning liquid other than water with a few drops of detergent.
1. Tur n o the printer by pressing the
P
button.
2. Open the scanner unit.
3. Check if the translucent lm is smeared. Smears are easier to see if you use a light.
If there are smears (such as nger marks or grease) on the translucent lm (A), go to the next step.
A: Translucent lm
B: Rail
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Cleaning the Translucent Film
124
c
Important:
Be careful not to touch the rail (B). Otherwise, you may not be able to print. Do not wipe o the grease on the
rail, because this is necessary for operations.
4. Moisten a cotton swab with the water with a few drops of detergent so that it is not dripping water, and then
wipe the smeared part.
c
Important:
Wipe o the smear gently. If you press the cotton swab too hard to the lm, the springs of the lm may be
dislocated and the printer may be damaged.
5. Use a new dry cotton swab to wipe the lm.
c
Important:
Do not leave any bers on the lm.
Note:
To prevent the smear from spreading, frequently replace the cotton swab with a new one.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the lm is not smeared.
7. Visually check that the lm is not smeared.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality
>
Cleaning the Translucent Film
125
Cleaning the Printer
If the components and the case are dirty or dusty, turn o the printer and clean them using a so, clean cloth that
has been dampened with water. If you cannot remove the dirt, try adding a small amount of mild detergent to the
damp cloth.
c
Important:
❏Be careful not to get water onto the printer mechanism or any electrical components. Otherwise, the printer
could be damaged.
❏Never use alcohol or paint thinner to clean the components and the case. ese chemicals can damage them.
❏Do not touch the parts shown in the following illustration. Doing so may cause a malfunction.
Cleaning Spilled ink
If ink has been spilled, clean it up in the following ways.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Cleaning Spilled ink
126
❏If ink adheres to the area around the tank, wipe it o using a napless, clean cloth or cotton swab.
❏If ink spills on the desk or oor, wipe it o immediately. When ink is dried, it will be dicult to remove the
smear. To prevent the smear from spreading, blot the ink with a dry cloth, and then wipe it with a moist cloth.
❏If ink gets on your hands, wash them with water and soap.
Checking the Total Number of Pages Fed Through the
Printer
You can check the total number of pages fed through the printer. e information is printed together with the
nozzle check pattern.
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Print Head Nozzle Check.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.
Note:
You can also check the total number of pages fed from the printer driver.
❏Windows
Click Printer and Option Information on the Maintenance tab.
❏Mac OS
Apple menu > System Preferences > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax) > Epson(XXXX) > Options
& Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility > Printer and Option Information
Saving Power
e printer enters sleep mode or turns o automatically if no operations are performed for a set period. You can
adjust the time before power management is applied. Any increase will aect the product's energy eciency. Please
consider the environment before making any change.
Depending on the location of purchase, the printer may have a feature that turns it o automatically if it is not
connected to the network for 30 minutes.
Saving Power (Control Panel)
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Basic Settings.
3. Do one of the following.
Note:
Your produc t may have the Power O Settings or Power O Timer feature depending on the location of purchase.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Saving Power
>
Saving Power (Control Panel)
127
❏Select Sleep Timer or Power O Settings > Power O If Inactive or Power O If Disconnected, and then
make settings.
❏Select Sleep Timer or Power O Timer, and then make settings.
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
Connect your computer to the network and install the latest version of applications from the website. Log in to
your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.
Installing the Applications Separately
Note:
When reinstalling an application, you need to uninstall it rst.
1. Make sure the printer and the computer are available for communication, and the printer is connected to the
Internet.
2. Start EPSON Soware Updater.
e screenshot is an example on Windows.
3. For Windows, select your printer, and then click to check for the latest available applications.
4. Select the items you want to install or update, and then click the install button.
c
Important:
Do not turn o or unplug the printer until the update is complete. Doing so may result in malfunction of the
printer.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Installing the Applications Separ
…
128
Note:
❏You can download the latest applications from the Epson website.
http://www.epson.com
❏If you use Windows Server operating systems, you cannot use Epson Soware Updater. Download the latest
applications from the Epson website.
Related Information
&“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (EPSON Soware Updater)” on page 249
&“Uninstalling Applications” on page 131
Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows
You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following
methods.
Select Control Panel > View devices and printers (Printers, Printers and Faxes), and then do the following to
open the print server properties window.
❏Windows Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016/
Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2
Click the printer icon, and then click Print server properties at the top of the window.
❏Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008
Right-click on the Printers folder, and then click Run as administrator > Server Properties.
❏Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
From the File menu, select Server Properties.
Click the Driver tab. If your printer name is displayed in the list, a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on
your computer.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Installing the Applications Separ
…
129
Related Information
&“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 128
Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS
You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following
methods.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies, and if the Options tab and Utility tab are displayed on the window, a
genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer.
Related Information
&“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 128
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver - Windows
1. Start the installation process from one of the following options.
❏Use the soware disc supplied with the printer.
Insert the soware disc into the computer, access the following folder path, and then run SETUP64.EXE (or
SETUP.EXE).
Driver\PostScript\WINX64 (or WINX86)\SETUP\SETUP64.EXE ( or SETUP.EXE)
❏Use the website.
Access your printer page from the following website, download the PostScript printer driver, and then run
the execution le.
http://www.epson.eu/Support (Europe)
http://support.epson.net/ (outside Europe)
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver
130
2. Select your printer.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions.
4. Select the connection method from the network connection or USB connection.
❏For network connection.
A list of available printers in the same network is displayed.
Select the printer you want to use.
❏For USB connection.
Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the printer to the computer.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to install the PostScript printer driver.
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver - Mac OS
Download the printer driver from the Epson Support website, and then install it.
http://www.epson.eu/Support (Europe)
http://support.epson.net/ (outside Europe)
You need the IP address of the printer while installing the printer driver.
Select the network icon on the printer's home screen, and then select the active connection method to conrm the
printer's IP address.
Adding the Printer (for Mac OS Only)
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax).
2. Click +, and then select your printer on the screen displayed.
3. Select your printer from Use.
4. Click Add.
Note:
If your printer is not listed, check that it is correctly connected to the computer and that the printer is on.
Uninstalling Applications
Log in to your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.
Uninstalling Applications - Windows
1. Press the
P
button to turn o the printer.
2. Quit all running applications.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Uninstalling Applications
131
3. Open Control Panel:
❏Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel.
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel.
❏Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button and select Control Panel.
4. Open Uninstall a program (or Add or Remove Programs):
❏Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server
2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008
Select Uninstall a program in Programs.
❏Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click Add or Remove Programs.
5. Select the application you want to uninstall.
You cannot uninstall the printer driver if there is any print jobs. Delete or wait to be printed the jobs before
uninstalling.
6. Uninstall the applications:
❏Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server
2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008
Click Uninstall/Change or Uninstall.
❏Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click Change/Remove or Remove.
Note:
If the User Account Control window is displayed, click Continue.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Uninstalling Applications - Mac OS
1. Download the Uninstaller using EPSON Soware Updater.
Once you have downloaded the Uninstaller, you do not need to download it again each time you uninstall the
application.
2. Press the
P
button to turn o the printer.
3. To uninstall the printer driver, select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or
Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then remove the printer from the enabled printers list.
4. Quit all running applications.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Uninstalling Applications
132
5. Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware > Uninstaller.
6. Select the application you want to uninstall, and then click Uninstall.
c
Important:
e Uninstaller removes all drivers for Epson inkjet printers on the computer. If you use multiple Epson inkjet
printers and you only want to delete some drivers, delete all of them rst, and then install the necessary printer
driver again.
Note:
If you cannot nd the application you want to uninstall in the application list, you cannot uninstall using the
Uninstaller. In this situation, select Go > Applications > Epson Soware, select the application you want to uninstall,
and then drag it to the trash icon.
Related Information
&“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (EPSON Soware Updater)” on page 249
Updating Applications and Firmware
You may be able to clear certain problems and improve or add functions by updating the applications and the
rmware. Make sure you use the latest version of the applications and rmware.
1. Make sure that the printer and the computer are connected, and the computer is connected to the internet.
2. Start EPSON Soware Updater, and update the applications or the rmware.
c
Important:
Do not turn o the computer or the printer until the update is complete; otherwise, the printer may
malfunction.
Note:
If you cannot nd the application you want to update in the list, you cannot update using the EPSON Soware Updater.
Check for the latest versions of the applications from your local Epson website.
http://www.epson.com
Related Information
&“Application for Updating Soware and Firmware (EPSON Soware Updater)” on page 249
Updating the Printer's Firmware using the Control Panel
If the printer can be connected to the Internet, you can update the printer's rmware using the control panel. You
can also set the printer to regularly check for rmware updates and notify you if any are available.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Updating Applications and Firm
…
133
2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Firmware Update > Update.
Note:
Select Notication > On to set the printer to regularly check for available rmware updates.
3. Check the message displayed on the screen and start searching for available updates.
4. If a message is displayed on the LCD screen informing you that a rmware update is available, follow the on-
screen instructions to start the update.
c
Important:
❏Do not turn o or unplug the printer until the update is complete; otherwise, the printer may malfunction.
❏If the rmware update is not completed or is unsuccessful, the printer does not start up normally and
"Recovery Mode" is displayed on the LCD screen the next time the printer is turned on. In this situation, you
need to update the rmware again using a computer. Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable.
While "Recovery Mode" is displayed on the printer, you cannot update the rmware over a network
connection. On the computer, access your local Epson website, and then download the latest printer
rmware. See the instructions on the website for the next steps.
Updating Firmware Using Web Cong
When the printer can connect to the Internet, you can update the rmware from Web Cong.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Firmware Update.
2. Click Start, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
e rmware conrmation starts, and the rmware information is displayed if the updated rmware exists.
Note:
You can also update the rmware using Epson Device Admin. You can visually conrm the rmware information on the
device list. It is useful when you want to update multiple devices' rmware. See the Epson Device Admin guide or help for
more details.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Updating Firmware without Connecting to the Internet
You can download the device's rmware from Epson website on the computer, and then connect the device and the
computer by USB cable to update the rmware. If you cannot update over the network, try this method.
1. Access Epson website and download the rmware.
2. Connect the computer that contains the downloaded rmware to the printer by USB cable.
3. Double-click the downloaded .exe le.
Epson Firmware Updater starts.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately
>
Updating Applications and Firm
…
134
Transporting and Storing the Printer
When you need to store the printer or transport it when moving or for repairs, follow the steps below to pack the
printer.
1. Turn o the printer by pressing the
P
button.
2. Make sure the power light turns o, and then unplug the power cord.
c
Important:
Unplug the power cord when the power light is o. Otherwise, the print head does not return to the home
position causing the ink to dry, and printing may become impossible.
3. Disconnect all cables such as the power cord and USB cable.
4. Make sure there is no external USB device inserted.
5. Remove all of the paper from the printer.
6. Make sure there are no originals on the printer.
7. Open the scanner unit with the document cover closed.
!
Caution:
Be careful not to trap your hand or ngers when opening or closing the scanner unit. Otherwise you may be
injured.
8. Set the transportation lock to the locked (Transport) position.
e transportation lock stops ink supply to prevent ink leakage when transporting and storing.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Transporting and Storing the Printer
135
c
Important:
❏When carrying the printer, li it using a stable position. Liing the printer using an unstable position may result
in injury.
❏Because this printer is heavy, it should always be carried by two or more people when unpacking and
transporting.
❏When liing the printer, place your hands in the positions shown below. If you li the printer holding other
positions, the printer may fall or you may trap your ngers when placing the printer.
❏When carrying the printer, do not tilt it more than 10 degrees; otherwise the printer may fall.
❏When storing or transporting the printer, place the printer in the plastic bag and fold it closed. Avoid tilting the
printer, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down; otherwise ink may leak.
Maintaining the Printer
>
Transporting and Storing the Printer
139
c
Important:
❏When storing or transporting an ink bottle, do not tilt the bottle and do not subject it to impacts or temperature
changes. Otherwise, ink may leak even if the cap on the ink bottle is tightened securely. Be sure to keep the ink
bottle upright when tightening the cap, and take precautions to prevent ink from leaking when transporting the
bottle, for example, putting the bottle in a bag.
❏Do not put opened ink bottles in the box with printer.
e next time you use the printer, make sure you remove the tape securing the print head and set the
transportation lock to the unlocked (Print) position. If print quality has declined the next time you print, clean and
align the print head.
Related Information
&“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 116
&“Aligning the Print Head” on page 119
Maintaining the Printer
>
Transporting and Storing the Printer
140
Solving Problems
Checking Solutions on the Control Panel................................142
Cannot Display a Menu Other than the Copy Menu........................142
e Printer Does Not Work as Expected.................................142
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen...............................184
Paper Gets Jammed................................................185
It is Time to Rell the Ink........................................... 186
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box...............................190
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor...........................192
Cannot Solve Problem..............................................208
Checking Solutions on the Control Panel
You can also check the solutions from on the printer's control panel.
Cannot Display a Menu Other than the Copy Menu
e default screen on the control panel is the copy menu screen. You can select other menus by selecting .
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
The Printer Does Not Turn On or O
Power Does Not Turn On
e following causes can be considered.
The power cord is not plugged in properly to the electrical outlet.
Solutions
Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in.
The
P
button was not pressed for long enough.
Solutions
Hold down the
P
button for a little longer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
The Printer Does Not Turn On or O
142
Power Does Not Turn O
The
P
button was not pressed for long enough.
Solutions
Hold down the
P
button for a little longer. If you still cannot turn o the printer, unplug the power cord.
To prevent the print head from drying out, turn the printer back on and turn it o by pressing the
P
button.
Power Turns O Automatically
The Power O Settings or Power O Timer feature is enabled.
Solutions
❏Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power O Settings, and then disable the Power
O If Inactive and Power O If Disconnected settings.
❏Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings, and then disable the Power O Timer Setting.
Note:
Your product may have the Power O Settings or Power O Timer feature depending on the location of purchase.
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
No Paper Feeds
e following causes can be considered.
The installation location is inappropriate.
Solutions
Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
&“Environmental Specications” on page 272
Unsupported paper is being used.
Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 239
Paper handling is inappropriate.
Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.
&“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
143
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.
Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specied for the paper.
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.
Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
&“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 31
Paper Feeds at a Slant
e following causes can be considered.
The installation location is inappropriate.
Solutions
Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
&“Environmental Specications” on page 272
Unsupported paper is being used.
Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 239
Paper handling is inappropriate.
Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.
&“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31
The paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.
Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specied for the paper.
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
144
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.
Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
&“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 31
Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time
e following causes can be considered.
The installation location is inappropriate.
Solutions
Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
&“Environmental Specications” on page 272
Unsupported paper is being used.
Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
&“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 239
Paper handling is inappropriate.
Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.
&“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31
The paper is moist or damp.
Solutions
Load new paper.
Static electricity is causing sheets of paper to stick to each other.
Solutions
Fan the paper before loading. If the paper still does not feed, load one sheet of paper at a time.
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.
Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specied for the paper.
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
145
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.
Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
&“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 31
Multiple sheets of paper feed at the same time during manual 2-sided printing.
Solutions
Remove any paper that is loaded in the paper source before you reload the paper.
Paper Out Error Occurs
Paper is not loaded in the center of the paper tray.
Solutions
When a paper out error occurs although paper is loaded in the paper tray, reload paper in the center of
the paper tray.
Original Does Not Feed in the ADF
e following causes can be considered.
Originals that are not supported by the ADF are being used.
Solutions
Use originals supported by the ADF.
&“ADF Specications” on page 265
The originals are loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load originals in the correct direction, and slide the ADF edge guides against the edges of the originals.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Paper Does Not Feed Properly
146
Too many originals are loaded in the ADF.
Solutions
Do not load originals above the line indicated by the triangle symbol on the ADF.
The original slips when paper dust adheres to the roller.
Solutions
Clean the inside of the ADF.
&“Cleaning the ADF” on page 122
Originals are not detected.
Solutions
On the screen for copy or scan, check that the ADF icon is on. If it is o, place the originals again.
Cannot Print
Cannot Print from Windows
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use Epson Printer Connection Checker to check the connection status for the computer and the printer. You may
be able to solve the problem depending on the results of the check.
1. Double-click the Epson Printer Connection Checker icon on the desktop.
Epson Printer Connection Checker starts.
If there is no icon on the desktop, follow the methods below to start Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection Checker.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
147
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection
Checker.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions to check.
Note:
If the printer name is not displayed, install a genuine Epson printer driver.
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 129
When you have identied the problem, follow the solution displayed on the screen.
When you cannot solve the problem, check the following according to your situation.
❏e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 148
❏e printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)” on page 151
❏e printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (Windows)” on page 151
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
148
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&“When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 212
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
149
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏Cannot connect to the printer.
❏e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 228
5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.
8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
9. Click Next.
10. Click OK.
11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
150
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Windows)
e following causes can be considered.
There is a problem with the software or data.
Solutions
❏Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine
Epson printer driver.
❏If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a
lower resolution or a smaller size.
❏If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then
reinstalling the printer driver.
❏You may be able to clear the problem by updating the soware to the latest version. To check the
soware status, use the soware update tool.
&“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 129
&“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS” on page 130
&“Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 128
&“Updating Applications and Firmware” on page 133
There is a problem with the printer's status.
Solutions
Click EPSON Status Monitor 3 on the printer driver's Maintenance tab, and then check the printer
status. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is disabled, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and
then select Enable EPSON Status Monitor 3.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
151
There is still a job waiting to be printed.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab. If unnecessary data remains, select Cancel all
documents from the Printer menu.
The printer is pending or oine.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
If the printer is oine or pending, clear the oine or pending setting from the Printer menu.
The printer is not selected as the default printer.
Solutions
Right-click the printer icon in Control Panel > View devices and printers (or Printers, Printers and
Faxes) and click Set as default printer.
Note:
If there are multiple printer icons, see the following to select the correct printer.
Example)
USB connection: EPSON XXXX Series
Network connection: EPSON XXXX Series (network)
If you install the printer driver multiple times, copies of the printer driver may be created. If copies such
as "EPSON XXXX Series (copy 1)" are created, right-click the copied driver icon, and then click Remove
Device.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
152
The printer port is not set correctly.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
Make sure the printer port is set correctly as shown below in Property > Port from the Printer menu.
USB connection: USBXXX, Network connection: EpsonNet Print Port
Printer Does Not Print While Using PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)
e following causes can be considered.
The Printing Language setting needs to be changed.
Solutions
Set the Printing Language setting to Auto or PS on the control panel.
A large number of jobs have been sent.
Solutions
In Windows, if a large number of jobs are sent, the printer may not print. Select Print directly to the
printer on the Advanced tab in the printer properties.
Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection
e problem could be one of the following issues.
The network environment has been changed.
Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
153
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
The printer is not connected to the network.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
There is still a job waiting to be printed.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab. If unnecessary data remains, select Cancel all
documents from the Printer menu.
The printer is pending or oine.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
154
If the printer is oine or pending, clear the oine or pending setting from the Printer menu.
The printer is not selected as the default printer.
Solutions
Right-click the printer icon in Control Panel > View devices and printers (or Printers, Printers and
Faxes) and click Set as default printer.
Note:
If there are multiple printer icons, see the following to select the correct printer.
Example)
USB connection: EPSON XXXX Series
Network connection: EPSON XXXX Series (network)
If you install the printer driver multiple times, copies of the printer driver may be created. If copies such
as "EPSON XXXX Series (copy 1)" are created, right-click the copied driver icon, and then click Remove
Device.
The printer port is not set correctly.
Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
Make sure the printer port is set correctly as shown below in Property > Port from the Printer menu.
USB connection: USBXXX, Network connection: EpsonNet Print Port
Cannot Print from Mac OS
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use EPSON Status Monitor to check the connection status for the computer and the printer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.
2. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
3. Click EPSON Status Monitor.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
155
When the remaining ink levels are displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the computer
and the printer.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 156
❏e printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)” on page 159
Check the following if a connection has been established.
❏e printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)” on page 159
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&“When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 212
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
156
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
157
The device connected to the USB 3.0 port causes radio frequency interference.
Solutions
When you connect a device to the USB 3.0 port on a Mac, radio frequency interference may occur. Try
the following if you cannot connect to wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) or if operations become unstable.
❏Place the device that is connected to the USB 3.0 port further away from the computer.
❏Connect to the SSID for the 5 GHz range.
See the following to connect the printer to the SSID.
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 216
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏Cannot connect to the printer.
❏e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 228
5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.
8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
9. Click Next.
10. Click OK.
11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
158
12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)
e following causes can be considered.
There is a problem with the software or data.
Solutions
❏Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine
Epson printer driver.
❏If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a
lower resolution or a smaller size.
❏If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then
reinstalling the printer driver.
❏You may be able to clear the problem by updating the soware to the latest version. To check the
soware status, use the soware update tool.
&“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 129
&“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS” on page 130
&“Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 128
&“Updating Applications and Firmware” on page 133
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
159
There is a problem with the status of the printer.
Solutions
Make sure the printer status is not Pause.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax),
and then double-click the printer. If the printer is paused, click Resume.
User feature restrictions are enabled for the printer.
Solutions
e printer may not print when the user feature restriction is enabled. Contact your printer
administrator.
Printer Does Not Print While Using PostScript Printer Driver (Mac OS)
The Printing Language setting needs to be changed.
Solutions
Set the Printing Language setting to Auto or PS on the control panel.
Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection
e problem could be one of the following issues.
The network environment has been changed.
Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
160
The printer is not connected to the network.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
Cannot Print from Smart Device
Make sure the smart device and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use the Epson printing app to check the connection status for the smart device and the printer.
Examples of Epson printing apps
Search for and install the Epson printing application from App Store or Google Play if it is not already installed.
1. On the smart device, start the Epson printing application.
2. Check that the printer name is displayed in the application.
When the printer name is displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the smart device
and the printer.
If the following are displayed, a connection has not been established between the smart device and the printer.
❏Printer is not selected.
❏Communication error.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 162
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
161
Check the following if a connection has been established.
❏e printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (iOS)” on page 163
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&“When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 212
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
162
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (iOS)
e following causes can be considered.
Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled.
Solutions
Enable Paper Setup Auto Display in the following menu.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
163
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Paper Source Settings > Paper Setup Auto Display
AirPrint is disabled.
Solutions
Enable the AirPrint setting on Web Cong.
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection
e problem could be one of the following issues.
The network environment has been changed.
Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
The printer is not connected to the network.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.
There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Print
164
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.
Cannot Start Scanning
Cannot Start Scanning from Windows
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use Epson Printer Connection Checker to check the connection status for the computer and the printer. You may
be able to solve the problem depending on the results of the check.
1. Double-click the Epson Printer Connection Checker icon on the desktop.
Epson Printer Connection Checker starts.
If there is no icon on the desktop, follow the methods below to start Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Soware > Epson Printer Connection
Checker.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions to check.
Note:
If the printer name is not displayed, install a genuine Epson printer driver.
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 129
When you have identied the problem, follow the solution displayed on the screen.
When you cannot solve the problem, check the following according to your situation.
❏e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 148
❏e printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)” on page 151
❏e printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Scan Even ough a Connection has been Correctly Established (Windows)” on page 168
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
165
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&“When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 212
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
166
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏Cannot connect to the printer.
❏e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 228
5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
167
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.
8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
9. Click Next.
10. Click OK.
11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Windows)
Scanning at a high resolution over a network.
Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.
Cannot Start Scanning from Mac OS
Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
168
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use EPSON Status Monitor to check the connection status for the computer and the printer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.
2. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
3. Click EPSON Status Monitor.
When the remaining ink levels are displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the computer
and the printer.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 156
❏e printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“e Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)” on page 159
Check the following if a connection has been established.
❏e printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Scan Even ough a Connection has been Correctly Established (Mac OS)” on page 172
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
169
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&“When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 212
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
170
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.
The device connected to the USB 3.0 port causes radio frequency interference.
Solutions
When you connect a device to the USB 3.0 port on a Mac, radio frequency interference may occur. Try
the following if you cannot connect to wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) or if operations become unstable.
❏Place the device that is connected to the USB 3.0 port further away from the computer.
❏Connect to the SSID for the 5 GHz range.
See the following to connect the printer to the SSID.
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 216
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Ecient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏Cannot connect to the printer.
❏e communication speed becomes slow.
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.
1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.
3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.
4. On the printer, print a network connection report.
“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 228
5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.
6. On the computer, access Web Cong.
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
171
8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.
9. Click Next.
10. Click OK.
11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.
12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.
13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.
The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a problem with the USB hub.
Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.
Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.
Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Mac OS)
Scanning at a high resolution over a network.
Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.
Cannot Start Scanning from Smart Device
Make sure the smart device and the printer are connected correctly.
e cause and solution to the problem dier depending on whether or not they are connected.
Checking the Connection Status
Use the Epson printing app to check the connection status for the smart device and the printer.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
172
Examples of Epson printing apps
Search for and install the Epson printing application from App Store or Google Play if it is not already installed.
1. On the smart device, start the Epson printing application.
2. Check that the printer name is displayed in the application.
When the printer name is displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the smart device
and the printer.
If the following are displayed, a connection has not been established between the smart device and the printer.
❏Printer is not selected.
❏Communication error.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏e printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 162
Check the following if a connection has been established.
❏e printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even ough a Connection has been Established (iOS)” on page 163
Cannot connect to a Network
e problem could be one of the following issues.
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.
Solutions
Turn o the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
173
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
Aer moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn o the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.
&“When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 212
The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are dierent.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to dierent SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.
Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
174
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.
Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.
&“Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 212
There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.
Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.
Cannot Save Scanned Images to the Shared Folder
Messages are Displayed on the Control Panel
When error messages are displayed on the control panel, check the message itself or the following list to solve the
problems.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
175
Messages Solutions
DNS error. Check DNS settings. Cannnot connect to the computer. Check the following.
❏Make sure that the address in the contacts list on the printer and the address
of the shared folder are the same.
❏If the IP address of the computer is static and is set manually, change the
computer name in the network path to the IP address.
Example: \\EPSON02\SCAN to \\192.168.xxx.xxx\SCAN
❏Make sure that the computer is turned on and does not sleep. If the computer
sleeps, you cannot save scanned images to the shared folder.
❏Temporarily disable the computer's Firewall and security software. If this clears
the error, check the settings in the security software.
❏If Public network is selected as the network place, you cannot save the
scanned images to the shared folder. Set the forward settings for each port.
❏If you are using a laptop computer and the IP address is set as DHCP, the IP
address may change when reconnecting to the network. Obtain the IP address
again.
❏Make sure the DNS setting is correct. Contact your network administrator
about the DNS settings.
❏The computer name and the IP address may dier when the management
table of the DNS server is not updated. Contact your DNS server administrator.
Authentication error. Check the
authentication method, authenticated
account, and authenticated password.
Make sure the user name and the password are correct on the computer and the
contacts on the printer. Also, make sure that the password has not expired.
Communication error. Check the Wi-Fi/
network connection.
Cannot communicate with a network folder that is registered on the contacts list.
Check the following.
❏Make sure that Use Microsoft network sharing is enabled on the Web Cong.
Select Network > MS Network on the Web Cong.
❏Make sure that the address in the contacts list on the printer and the address
of the shared folder are the same.
❏Access rights for the user in the contacts list should be added on the Sharing
tab and the Security tab of the shared folder's properties. Also, the
permissions for the user should be set to "allowed".
The le name is already in use. Rename
the le and scan again.
Change the le name settings. Otherwise, move or delete the les, or change the
le name on the shared folder.
Scanned le(s) are too large. Only XX
page(s) have been sent. Check if the
destination has enough space.
There is not enough disk space on the computer. Increase the free space on the
computer.
Checking the Point where the Error Occurred
When saving scanned images to the shared folder, saving process proceeds as following. You can then check the
point where the error occurred.
Items Operation Error Messages
Connecting Connect to the computer from the printer. DNS error. Check DNS settings.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Start Scanning
176
Items Operation Error Messages
Logging on to the
computer
Log on to the computer with the user name and
the password.
Authentication error. Check the
authentication method, authenticated
account, and authenticated password.
Checking the folder to
save
Check the network path of the shared folder. Communication error. Check the Wi-Fi/
network connection.
Checking the le name Check if there is a le with the same name as the
le you want to save in the folder.
The le name is already in use. Rename
the le and scan again.
Writing the le Write a new le. Scanned le(s) are too large. Only XX
page(s) have been sent. Check if the
destination has enough space.
Saving the Scanned Images Takes a Long Time
It takes a long time for the name resolution to correspond to the "Domain Name" and the "IP
Address".
Solutions
Check the following points.
❏Make sure the DNS setting is correct.
❏Make sure each DNS setting is correct when checking the Web Cong.
❏Make sure the DNS domain name is correct.
Error Code is Displayed on the Status Menu
If a job does not complete successfully, check the error code displayed on the history of each job. You can check the
error code by pressing the button, and then selecting Job Status. See the following table to nd the problem and
its solution.
Code Problem Solution
001 The product was turned o by a power failure. -
101 The memory is full. Try the methods below to reduce the size of the print
job.
❏Lower the print quality and the resolution.
❏Change the format setting.
❏Reduce the number of images, letters or fonts
used in the print job.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Error Code is Displayed on the Status Menu
177
Code Problem Solution
102 Collated printing has failed due to a lack of available
memory.
❏Select Settings > General Settings > System
Administration > Clear Internal Memory Data
> PDL Font, Macro, and then clear the fonts and
the macros that you have downloaded.
❏Try the methods below to reduce the size of the
print job. If you do not want to use these
methods, try printing one copy at a time.
❏Lower the print quality and the
resolution.
❏Change the format setting.
❏Reduce the number of images, letters or
fonts used in the print job.
103 Printing quality has been lowered due to a lack of
available memory.
If you do not want to lower the print quality, try the
following methods to reduce the size of the print job.
❏Change the format setting.
❏Reduce the number of images, letters or fonts
used in the print job.
104 Reverse printing has failed due to a lack of available
memory.
❏Select Settings > General Settings > System
Administration > Clear Internal Memory Data
> PDL Font, Macro, and then clear the fonts and
the macros that you have downloaded.
❏If you want to print in reverse, try the following
methods to reduce the size of the print job.
❏Lower the print quality and the
resolution.
❏Change the format setting.
❏Reduce the number of images, letters or
fonts used in the print job.
106 Cannot print from the computer due to the access
control settings.
Contact your printer administrator.
107 User authentication failed. The job has been
canceled.
❏Make sure that the user name and password are
correct.
❏Select Settings > General Settings > System
Administration > Security Settings > Access
Control. Enable the user restriction function, and
then allow the job without an authentication
information.
108 Condential job data was deleted when the printer
was turned o.
-
110 The job was printed on one side only because the
paper loaded does not support double sided
printing.
If you want to perform 2-sided printing, load paper
that supports 2-sided printing.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Error Code is Displayed on the Status Menu
178
Code Problem Solution
111 Available memory is running low. Try the methods below to reduce the size of the print
job.
❏Lower the print quality and the resolution.
❏Change the format setting.
❏Reduce the number of images, letters or fonts
used in the print job.
120 Cannot communicate with the server that is
connected using an open platform.
Make sure there are no errors on the server or the
network.
301 There is not enough storage space available to save
the data in the memory device.
❏Increase the storage space in the memory device.
❏Reduce the number of documents.
❏Lower the scanning resolution or increase the
compression ratio to reduce the size of the
scanned image.
302 The memory device is write-protected. Disable write protection on the memory device.
303 No folder has been created to save the scanned
image.
Insert another memory device.
304 The memory device has been removed. Reinsert the memory device.
305 An error occurred while saving the data to the
memory device.
If the external device is accessed from a computer,
wait for a while and then try again.
306 The memory is full. Wait until other ongoing jobs are nished.
311 A DNS error has occurred. ❏Select Settings > General Settings > Network
Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP, and then check
the DNS settings.
❏Check the DNS settings for the server, the
computer, or the access point.
312 An authentication error has occurred. Select Settings > General Settings > Network
Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Server
Settings, and then check the server settings.
313 A communication error has occurred. ❏Print a network connection report to check if the
printer is connected to the network.
❏Select Settings > General Settings > Network
Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Server
Settings to check the email server settings. You
can check the cause of the error by running
connection check.
❏The authentication method of the settings and
the email server may not match. When you select
O as the authentication method, make sure the
authentication method of the email server is set
to None.
314 The data size exceeds the maximum size for attached
les.
❏Increase the Attached File Max Size setting in
the scan settings.
❏Lower the scanning resolution or increase the
compression ratio to reduce the size of the
scanned image.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Error Code is Displayed on the Status Menu
179
Code Problem Solution
315 The memory is full. Retry after other ongoing jobs are nished.
316 A mail encryption error has occurred. ❏Make sure that the encryption certicate setting
is correct.
❏Make sure that the printer's time setting is correct.
317 A mail signature error has occurred. ❏Make sure that the signing certicate setting is
correct.
❏Make sure that the printer's time setting is correct.
321 A DNS error has occurred. ❏Select Settings > General Settings > Network
Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP, and then check
the DNS settings.
❏Check the DNS settings for the server, the
computer, or the access point.
322 An authentication error has occurred. Check the Location settings.
323 A communication error has occurred. ❏Check the Location settings.
❏Print a network connection report to check if the
printer is connected to the network.
324 A le with the same name already exists in the
specied folder.
❏Delete the le with the same name.
❏Change the le name prex in File Settings.
325
326
There is not enough storage space available in the
specied folder.
❏Increase the storage space in the specied folder.
❏Reduce the number of documents.
❏Lower the scanning resolution or increase the
compression ratio to reduce the size of the
scanned image.
327 The memory is full. Wait until other ongoing jobs are nished.
328 The destination was wrong or the destination does
not exist.
Check the Location settings.
330 An FTPS/FTPS secure connection error has occurred. ❏Check the location in the destination settings.
❏Run Web Cong, and then update the root
certicate.
❏Run Web Cong, and then import or update the
CA certicate.
If the error cannot be cleared, set the certicate
verication to o in the destination settings.
331 A communication error occurred while acquiring the
destination list.
Print a network connection report to check if the
printer is connected to the network.
332 There is not enough storage space available to save
the scanned image in the destination storage.
Reduce the number of documents.
333 The destination could not be found because the
destination information was uploaded to the server
before sending the scanned image.
Select the destination again.
334 An error occurred while sending the scanned image. -
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Error Code is Displayed on the Status Menu
180
Code Problem Solution
341 A communication error has occurred. ❏Check the connections for the printer and the
computer. If you are connecting over a network,
print a network connection report to check if the
printer is connected to the network.
❏Make sure that Document Capture Pro is installed
on the computer.
350 An FTPS/HTTPS certicate error has occurred. ❏Make sure that the date/time and time dierence
settings are correct.
❏Run Web Cong, and then update the root
certicate.
❏Run Web Cong, and then import or update the
CA certicate.
If the error cannot be cleared, set the certicate
verication to o in the destination settings.
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
Operations are Slow
Printing Is Too Slow
e following causes can be considered.
Unnecessary applications are running.
Solutions
Close any unnecessary applications on your computer or smart device.
The print quality is set to high.
Solutions
Lower the quality setting.
Bidirectional printing is disabled.
Solutions
Enable the bidirectional (or high speed) setting. When this setting is enabled, the print head prints while
moving in both directions, and the printing speed increases.
❏Windows
Select Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver's More Options tab.
❏Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
181
Quiet Mode is enabled.
Solutions
Disable Quiet Mode. e printing speed slows down when the printer is running in Quiet Mode.
❏Control panel
Select on the home screen, and then select O.
❏Windows
Select O as the Quiet Mode setting on the printer driver's Main tab.
❏Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select O as the
Quiet Mode setting.
Printing Slows Down Dramatically During Continuous Printing
The function that prevents the printer mechanism from overheating and being damaged is
operating.
Solutions
You can continue printing. To return to normal printing speed, leave the printer idle for at least 30
minutes. Printing speed does not return to normal if the power is o.
Scanning Speed Is Slow
Scanning at a high resolution.
Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.
LCD Screen Gets Dark
The printer is in sleep mode.
Solutions
Tap anywhere on the LCD screen to return it to its former state.
Touch Screen Does Not Respond
e following causes can be considered.
A protective sheet has been stuck on the touch screen.
Solutions
If you stick a protective sheet on the touch screen, the optical touch screen may not respond. Remove the
sheet.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
182
The screen is smeared.
Solutions
Turn o the printer, and then wipe the screen using a so, dry cloth. If the screen is smeared, it may not
respond.
Cannot Operate from the Control Panel
When the user feature restriction is enabled, a user ID and password are required to print.
Solutions
If you do not know the password, contact your printer administrator.
Operation Sounds Are Loud
Quiet Mode is disabled.
Solutions
If operations sounds are too loud, enable Quiet Mode. Enabling this feature may reduce printing speed.
❏Control panel
Select on the home screen, and then enable Quiet Mode.
❏Windows printer driver
Enable Quiet Mode on the Main tab.
❏Mac OS printer driver
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as the
Quiet Mode setting.
The Date and Time Are Incorrect
Error occurred in power supply.
Solutions
Aer a power failure caused by a lightning strike or if the power is le o for a long time, the clock may
show the wrong time. Set the date and the time correctly in Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings
> Date/Time Settings on the control panel.
The Root Certicate Needs to be Updated
The root certicate has expired.
Solutions
Run Web Cong, and then update the root certicate.
Solving Problems
>
The Printer Does Not Work as Expected
>
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected
183
Cannot Cancel Printing from a Computer Running Mac OS X v10.6.8
There is a problem with your AirPrint setup.
Solutions
Run Web Cong, and then select Port9100 as the Top Priority Protocol setting in AirPrint Setup. Select
System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), remove
the printer, and then add the printer again.
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Forgot Your Password
You need help from service personnel.
Solutions
If you forget the administrator's password, contact Epson support.
Copies are Made Unintentionally
Foreign objects are touching the optical touch panel.
Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Wake from Sleep, and then turn o Tou ch LCD
Screen to Wake. e printer will not return from sleep mode (power saving) until you press the
P
button.
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen
If an error message is displayed on the LCD screen, follow the on-screen instructions or the solutions below to
solve the problem.
Error Messages Solutions
Printer error. Turn the power o and on again. If
the problem persists, contact Epson Support.
Remove any paper or protective material in the printer. If the error
message is still displayed, contact Epson support.
Printer error. Contact Epson Support. Non-
printing features are available.
The printer may be damaged. Contact Epson support or an authorised
Epson service provider to request repairs. However, non-printing
features such as scanning are available.
Printer error. For details, see your
documentation.
The printer may be damaged. Contact Epson support or an authorised
Epson service provider to request repairs.
Paper out in XX. Load paper. Paper Size: XX/
Paper Type: XX
Load paper in the displayed paper source, and if you load paper in the
paper cassette, insert it all the way.
Paper Setup Auto Display is set to O. Some
features may not be available. For details, see
your documentation.
If Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled, you cannot use AirPrint.
Solving Problems
>
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen
184
Error Messages Solutions
The combination of the IP address and the
subnet mask is invalid. See your documentation
for more details.
Enter the correct IP address or default gateway. Contact the person who
setup the network for assistance.
To use cloud services, update the root certicate
from the Epson Web Cong utility.
Run Web Cong, and then update the root certicate.
Check that the printer driver is installed on the
computer and that the port settings for the
printer are correct.
Make sure the printer port is selected correctly in Property > Port from
the Printer menu as follows.
Select "USBXXX" for a USB connection, or "EpsonNet Print Port" for a
network connection.
Recovery Mode
Update Firmware
The printer has started in recovery mode because the rmware update
failed. Follow the steps below to try to update the rmware again.
1. Connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable. (During
recovery mode, you cannot update the rmware over a network
connection.)
2. Visit your local Epson website for further instructions.
Paper Gets Jammed
Check the error displayed on the control panel and follow the instructions to remove the jammed paper including
any torn pieces. e LCD screen displays an animation that shows you how to remove jammed paper. Next, select
OK to clear the error.
!
Caution:
Never touch the buttons on the control panel while your hand is inside the printer. If the printer starts operating, it
could cause an injury. Be careful not to touch the protruding parts to avoid injury.
c
Important:
❏Remove the jammed paper carefully. Removing the paper vigorously may cause damage to the printer.
❏When removing jammed paper, avoid tilting the printer, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down;
otherwise ink may leak.
Preventing Paper Jams
Check the following if paper jams occur frequently.
❏Place the printer on a at surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
“Environmental Specications” on page 272
❏Use the paper supported by this printer.
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
❏Follow paper handling precautions.
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31
Solving Problems
>
Paper Gets Jammed
>
Preventing Paper Jams
185
❏Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
❏Raise the ADF document support.
❏Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specied for paper.
❏Load one sheet of paper at a time if you have loaded several sheets of paper.
❏Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
“List of Paper Type” on page 32
It is Time to Rell the Ink
Ink Bottle Handling Precautions
Read the following instructions before relling ink.
Storing precautions for ink
❏Keep the ink bottles out of direct sunlight.
❏Do not store the ink bottles in high or freezing temperatures.
❏Aer bringing an ink bottle inside from a cold storage site, allow it to warm up at room temperature for at least
three hours before using it.
❏Once you open an ink bottle, we recommend using it as soon as possible.
❏Epson recommends using the ink bottle before the date printed on the package.
❏Do not open the ink bottle package until you are ready to ll the ink tank. e ink bottle is vacuum packed to
maintain its reliability. If you leave an ink bottle unpacked for a long time before using it, normal printing may
not be possible.
❏When storing or transporting an ink bottle, do not tilt the bottle and do not subject it to impacts or temperature
changes. Otherwise, ink may leak even if the cap on the ink bottle is tightened securely. Be sure to keep the ink
bottle upright when tightening the cap, and take precautions to prevent ink from leaking when transporting the
bottle, for example, putting the bottle in a bag.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Rell the Ink
>
Ink Bottle Handling Precautions
186
Handling precautions for relling ink
❏e ink for this printer must be handled carefully. Ink may splatter when the ink tank is being lled or relled
with ink. If ink gets on your clothes or belongings, it may not come o.
❏Use ink bottles with the correct part code for this printer.
❏Do not shake too vigorously or squeeze the ink bottles.
❏For optimum print results do not maintain low ink levels for extended periods of time.
❏To obtain optimum printing results, rell the ink tank to the upper line at least once every year.
❏To ensure you receive premium print quality and to help protect your print head, a variable ink safety reserve
remains in the ink tank when your printer indicates to rell ink. e yields quoted for you do not include this
reserve.
Ink consumption
❏To maintain optimum print head performance, some ink is consumed from the ink tank during maintenance
operations such as print head cleaning. Ink may also be consumed when you turn the printer on.
❏e ink in the ink bottle supplied with your printer is partly used during initial setup. In order to produce high
quality printouts, the print head in your printer will be fully charged with ink. is one-o process consumes a
quantity of ink and therefore this bottle may print fewer pages compared to subsequent ink bottles.
❏Quoted yields may vary depending on the images that you are printing, the paper type that you are using, the
frequency of your prints and environmental conditions such as temperature.
Relling the Ink Tank
1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.
2. Select Fill Ink.
3. Read all of the usage precautions for lling ink on the screen, and then proceed to the next screen.
4. Open the ink tank cover.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Rell the Ink
>
Relling the Ink Tank
187
5. Open the ink tank cap.
6. While holding the ink bottle upright, turn the cap slowly to remove it.
c
Important:
❏Epson recommends the use of genuine Epson ink bottles.
❏Be careful not to spill any ink.
7. Check the upper line (a) in the ink tank.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Rell the Ink
>
Relling the Ink Tank
188
8. Align the top of the ink bottle with the lling port, and then insert it straight into the port to ll ink until it
stops automatically at the upper line.
Ink starts pouring and the ow stops automatically when the ink reaches the upper line.
If the ink does not start owing into the tank, remove the ink bottle and reinsert it. However, do not remove
and reinsert the ink bottle when the ink has reached the upper line; otherwise ink may leak.
9. When you have nished relling the ink, remove the ink bottle, and then close the ink tank cap securely.
c
Important:
Do not leave the ink bottle inserted; otherwise the bottle may be damaged or ink may leak.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Rell the Ink
>
Relling the Ink Tank
189
Note:
If any ink remains in the ink bottle, tighten the cap and store the bottle upright for later use.
10. Close the ink tank cover rmly.
11. Follow the on-screen instructions to set the ink level.
c
Important:
Even if you do not rell ink up to the upper line on the ink tank, you can continue using the printer. To keep your
printer operating at its best, however, ll ink tank up to the upper line and reset the ink level immediately.
Related Information
&“Ink Bottle Code” on page 239
&“Ink Bottle Handling Precautions” on page 186
&“Cleaning Spilled ink” on page 126
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box
Maintenance Box Handling Precautions
Read the following instructions before replacing the maintenance box.
❏Do not touch the green chip on the side of the maintenance box. Doing so may prevent normal operation and
printing.
❏Do not replace the maintenance box during printing; otherwise, ink may leak.
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box
>
Maintenance Box Handling Precautions
190
❏Do not remove the maintenance box or open its cover except when replacing the maintenance box; otherwise
ink may leak.
❏Do not reuse a maintenance box which has been removed and le detached for a long period. Ink inside the box
will have solidied and no more ink can be absorbed.
❏Do not tilt the used maintenance box until aer it is sealed in the plastic bag; otherwise ink may leak.
❏Do not store the maintenance box in high or freezing temperatures.
❏Keep the maintenance box out of direct sunlight.
❏Do not drop the maintenance box or subject it to strong shocks.
❏Do not touch the openings in the maintenance box as you may get smeared with ink.
Replacing a Maintenance Box
In some print cycles a very small amount of surplus ink may be collected in the maintenance box. To prevent ink
leakage from the maintenance box, the printer is designed to stop printing when the absorbing capacity of the
maintenance box has reached its limit. Whether and how oen this is required will vary according to the number
of pages you print, the type of material that you print and the number of cleaning cycles that the printer performs.
When a message is displayed prompting you to replace the maintenance box, refer to the animations displayed on
the control panel. e need for replacement of the box does not mean that your printer has ceased to operate in
accordance with its specications. e Epson warranty does not cover the cost of this replacement. It is a user-
serviceable part.
Note:
❏When the maintenance box is full, you cannot print and clean the print head until it is replaced to avoid ink leakage.
However, you can perform operations that do not use ink such as scanning.
Related Information
&“Maintenance Box Code” on page 240
&“Maintenance Box Handling Precautions” on page 190
Solving Problems
>
It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box
>
Replacing a Maintenance Box
191
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
Print Quality is Poor
Banding Appears in Printouts
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
Black or Gray Banding Appears at Intervals of Approximately 3.3 cm
e following causes can be considered.
The paper type setting does not match the paper loaded.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper type setting for the type of paper loaded in the printer.
&“List of Paper Type” on page 32
The print quality is set to low.
Solutions
When printing on plain paper, print using a higher quality setting.
❏Windows
Select High from Quality on the printer driver's Main tab.
❏Mac OS
Select Fine as Print Quality from the print dialog's Print Settings menu.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
192
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
Vertical Banding or Misalignment
e following causes can be considered.
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
If print quality does not improve even aer aligning the print head, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
❏Windows
Clear Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
❏Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select O as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.
Striped Patterns Appear
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
193
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
When printing on plain paper, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
❏Windows
Clear Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
❏Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select O as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
Printout Comes Out as a Blank Sheet
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
The print settings and the paper size loaded in the printer are dierent.
Solutions
Change the print settings according to the paper size loaded in the paper cassette. Load paper in the
paper cassette that matches the print settings.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
194
Multiple sheets of paper are fed into the printer at the same time.
Solutions
See the following to prevent multiple sheets of paper being fed into the printer at the same time.
&“Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time” on page 145
Paper Is Smeared or Scued
e following causes can be considered.
Paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
When horizontal banding (perpendicular to the printing direction) appears, or the top or bottom of the
paper is smeared, load paper in the correct direction and slide the edge guides to the edges of the paper.
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
The paper path is smeared.
Solutions
When vertical banding (horizontal to the printing direction) appears, or the paper is smeared, clean the
paper path.
&“Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 119
The paper is curled.
Solutions
Place the paper on a at surface to check if it is curled. If it is, atten it.
The print head is rubbing the surface of the paper.
Solutions
When printing on thick paper, the print head is close to the printing surface and the paper may be
scued. In this case, enable the reduce scu setting. If you enable this setting, print quality may decline or
printing may slow down.
❏Control panel
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then enable ick Paper.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
195
❏Windows
Click Extended Settings on the printer driver's Maintenance tab, and then select ick Paper and
Envelopes.
If the paper is still scued aer selecting the ick Paper and Envelopes setting, select Short Grain
Paper in the Extended Settings window of the printer driver.
❏Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as
theick paper and envelopes setting.
The back of the paper was printed before the side that had already been printed was dry.
Solutions
When performing manual 2-sided printing, make sure that the ink is completely dry before reloading the
paper.
When printing using automatic 2-sided printing, the print density is too high and the drying
time is too short.
Solutions
When using the automatic 2-sided printing feature and printing high density data such as images and
graphs, set the print density to lower and the drying time to longer.
&“Printing on 2-Sides” on page 50
&“Printing on 2-Sides” on page 74
The Position, Size, or Margins of the Printout Are Incorrect
e following causes can be considered.
The paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
The size of the paper is set incorrectly.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper size setting.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
196
The margin setting in the application software is not within the print area.
Solutions
Adjust the margin setting in the application so that it falls within the printable area.
&“Printable Area” on page 264
Printed Characters Are Incorrect or Garbled
e following causes can be considered.
The USB cable is not connected correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.
There is a job waiting to be printed.
Solutions
Cancel any paused print jobs.
The computer has been manually put into the Hibernate mode or the Sleep mode while
printing.
Solutions
Do not put the computer manually into the Hibernate mode or the Sleep mode while printing. Pages of
garbled text may be printed next time you start the computer.
You are using the printer driver for a dierent printer.
Solutions
Make sure that the printer driver you are using is for this printer. Check the printer name on the top of
the printer driver window.
The Printed Image Is Inverted
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
197
The image is set to invert horizontally in the print settings.
Solutions
Clear any mirror image settings in the printer driver or the application.
Windows
Clear Mirror Image on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
Mosaic-Like Patterns in the Prints
Images or photos with a low resolution were printed.
Solutions
When printing images or photos, print using high-resolution data. Images on web sites are oen low
resolution although they look good enough on the display, and so print quality may decline.
Printer Does Not Print Correctly While Using PostScript Printer Driver
e following causes can be considered.
There is a problem with the data.
Solutions
❏If the le is created in an application that allows you to change the data format, such as Adobe
Photoshop, make sure that the settings in the application match the settings in the printer driver.
❏EPS les made in binary format may not be printed correctly. Set the format to ASCII when making
EPS les in an application.
❏For Windows, the printer cannot print binary data when it is connected to the computer using a USB
interface. Set the Output Protocol setting on the Device Settings tab in the printer properties to
ASCII or TBCP.
❏For Windows, select the appropriate substitution fonts on the Device Settings tab in the printer
properties.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Print Quality is Poor
198
Copy Quality is Poor
Banding Appears in Copies
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
Black or Gray Banding Appears at Intervals of Approximately 3.3 cm
e following causes can be considered.
The paper type setting does not match the paper loaded.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper type setting for the type of paper loaded in the printer.
&“List of Paper Type” on page 32
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
199
Vertical Banding or Misalignment
e following causes can be considered.
The print head position is out of alignment.
Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
If print quality does not improve even aer aligning the print head, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then disable Bidirectional on the control
panel.
Striped Patterns Appear
The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.
Solutions
When printing on plain paper, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then disable Bidirectional on the control
panel.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
200
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
Printout Comes Out as a Blank Sheet
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.
&“Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 114
The print settings and the paper size loaded in the printer are dierent.
Solutions
Change the print settings according to the paper size loaded in the paper cassette. Load paper in the
paper cassette that matches the print settings.
Multiple sheets of paper are fed into the printer at the same time.
Solutions
See the following to prevent multiple sheets of paper being fed into the printer at the same time.
&“Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time” on page 145
Paper Is Smeared or Scued
e following causes can be considered.
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
201
Paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
When horizontal banding (perpendicular to the printing direction) appears, or the top or bottom of the
paper is smeared, load paper in the correct direction and slide the edge guides to the edges of the paper.
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
The paper path is smeared.
Solutions
When vertical banding (horizontal to the printing direction) appears, or the paper is smeared, clean the
paper path.
&“Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 119
The paper is curled.
Solutions
Place the paper on a at surface to check if it is curled. If it is, atten it.
The printhead is rubbing the surface of the paper.
Solutions
When copying on thick paper, the print head is close to the printing surface and the paper may be
scued. In this case, enable the reduce scu setting.
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then enable ick Paper on the control panel.
If you enable this setting, copy quality may decline or may slow down.
Copied Photos are Sticky
The copy was made on the wrong side of the photo paper.
Solutions
Make sure you are copying on the printable side. If you have accidentally copied on the wrong side of the
photo paper, you need to clean the paper path.
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
&“Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 119
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
202
The Position, Size, or Margins of the Copies are Incorrect
e following causes can be considered.
The paper is loaded incorrectly.
Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
The size of the paper is set incorrectly.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper size setting.
The originals are not placed correctly.
Solutions
❏Make sure the original is placed correctly against the alignment marks.
❏If the edge of the scanned image is missing, move the original slightly away from the edge of the
scanner glass. You cannot scan the area within approximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) from the edge of the
scanner glass.
&“Placing Originals” on page 37
There is dust or dirt on the scanner glass or document mat.
Solutions
When placing the originals on the scanner glass, remove any dust or dirt that has adhered to the originals,
and clean the scanner glass and document mat. If there is dust or stains on the glass, the copy area may
extend to include the dust or stains, resulting in the wrong copying position or small images.
&“Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat” on page 120
Original Size is wrong in copy setting.
Solutions
Select the appropriate Original Size in the copy setting.
&“Advanced Menu Options for Copying” on page 94
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
203
If the printer is placed in a location near a light source or subjected to direct sunlight, the
original size may not be detected correctly.
Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.
Original is too thin to detect the size automatically.
Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.
Smears, Dots, or Straight Lines Appear in the Copied Image
e following causes can be considered.
The paper path is dirty.
Solutions
Load and eject paper without printing to clean the paper path.
&“Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 119
There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.
Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.
&“Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat” on page 120
The original was pressed with too much force.
Solutions
If you press with too much force, blurring, smudges, and spots may occur.
Do not press with too much force on the original or the document cover.
&“Placing Originals” on page 37
There is dust or dirt on the ADF or originals.
Solutions
Clean the ADF, and remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals.
&“Cleaning the ADF” on page 122
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
204
The copy density setting is too high.
Solutions
Lower the copy density setting.
&“Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 92
Moiré (Cross-Hatch) Patterns Appear in the Copied Image
If the original is a printed document such as a magazine or a catalog, a dotted moiré pattern
appears.
Solutions
Change the reduce and enlarge setting. If a moiré pattern still appears, place the original at a slightly
dierent angle.
&“Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 92
An Image of the Reverse Side of the Original Appears in the Copied Image
e following causes can be considered.
When scanning thin originals, images on the back may be scanned at the same time.
Solutions
Place the original on the scanner glass and then place a piece of black paper over it.
&“Placing Originals” on page 37
The copy density setting is too high.
Solutions
Lower the copy density setting.
&“Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 92
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Copy Quality is Poor
205
Scanned Image Problems
Uneven Colors, Dirt, Spots, and so on Appear when Scanning from the Scanner
Glass
There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.
Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.
&“Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat” on page 120
The original was pressed with too much force.
Solutions
If you press with too much force, blurring, smudges, and spots may occur.
Do not press with too much force on the original or the document cover.
&“Placing Originals” on page 37
Straight Lines Appear when Scanning from ADF
There is dust or dirt on the ADF or originals.
Solutions
Clean the ADF, and remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals.
&“Cleaning the ADF” on page 122
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Scanned Image Problems
206
Oset Appears in the Background of Scanned Images
When scanning thin originals, images on the back may be scanned at the same time.
Solutions
When scanning from the scanner glass, place black paper or a desk pad over the original.
&“Placing Originals” on page 37
Cannot Scan the Correct Area on the Scanner Glass
The originals are not placed correctly.
Solutions
❏Make sure the original is placed correctly against the alignment marks.
❏If the edge of the scanned image is missing, move the original slightly away from the edge of the
scanner glass. You cannot scan the area within approximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) from the edge of the
scanner glass.
&“Placing Originals” on page 37
If the printer is placed in a location near a light source or subjected to direct sunlight, the
original size may not be detected correctly.
Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.
There is dust or dirt on the scanner glass or document mat.
Solutions
When scanning from the control panel and selecting the auto scan area cropping function, remove any
trash or dirt from the scanner glass and document mat. If there is any trash or dirt around the original,
the scanning range expands to include it.
&“Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat” on page 120
Solving Problems
>
Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor
>
Scanned Image Problems
207
Original is too thin to detect the size automatically.
Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.
Cannot Solve Problems in the Scanned Image
Check the following if you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem.
There are problems with the scanning software settings.
Solutions
Use Epson Scan 2 Utility to initialize the settings for the scanner soware.
Note:
Epson Scan 2 Utility is an application supplied with the scanner soware.
1. Start the Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select EPSON > Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Click the start button, and then select All Programs or Programs > EPSON > Epson Scan 2 >
Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware > Epson Scan 2 Utility.
2. Select the Other tab.
3. Click Reset.
If initialization does not solve the problem, uninstall and re-install the scanner soware.
&“Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 128
Cannot Solve Problem
If you cannot solve the problem aer trying all of the solutions, contact Epson support.
If you cannot solve printing or copying problems, see the following related information.
Related Information
&“Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems” on page 209
Solving Problems
>
Cannot Solve Problem
208
Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems
Try the following problems in order starting at the top until you solve the problem.
❏Make sure you match the paper type loaded in the printer and the paper type set on the printer to the paper
type settings in the printer driver.
“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 31
❏Use a higher quality setting on the control panel or the printer driver.
❏Align the print head.
“Aligning the Print Head” on page 119
❏Run a nozzle check to see if the print head nozzles are clogged.
If there are missing segments in the nozzle check pattern, the nozzles may be clogged. Repeat head cleaning and
the nozzle check alternately 3 times and check if the clogging has cleared.
Note that print head cleaning uses some ink.
“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 116
❏Turn o the printer, wait for at least 12 hours, and then check if the clogging has cleared.
If the problem is clogging, leaving the printer for a while without printing may solve the problem.
You can check the following items while the printer is o.
❏Check that you are using genuine Epson ink bottles.
Try to use genuine Epson ink bottles. e use of non-genuine ink bottles may cause print quality to decline.
❏Check if the translucent lm is smeared.
If there are smears on the translucent lm, carefully wipe o the smear.
“Cleaning the Translucent Film” on page 123
❏Make sure that there are no paper fragments le inside the printer.
When you remove the paper, do not touch the translucent lm with your hand or the paper.
❏Check the paper.
Check if the paper is curled or loaded with the printable side facing up.
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 239
❏If you turn o the printer, wait for at least 12 hours, and if print quality has still not improved, run Power
Cleaning.
“Running Power Cleaning” on page 117
If you cannot solve the problem by checking the solutions above, you may need to request repairs. Contact Epson
support.
Related Information
&“Before Contacting Epson” on page 379
&“Contacting Epson Support” on page 379
Solving Problems
>
Cannot Solve Problem
>
Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems
209
Adding or Replacing the Computer or
Devices
Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected to the Network...............211
Re-setting the Network Connection....................................212
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)................218
Checking the Network Connection Status................................226
Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected to
the Network
When the printer has already been connected to the network, you can connect a computer or a smart device to the
printer over the network.
Using a Network Printer from a Second Computer
We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the
following methods.
❏Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
http://epson.sn
❏Setting up using the soware disc (only for the models that come with a soware disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the soware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
Selecting the Printer
Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed, select the printer name you want to
connect to, and then click Next.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected t
…
211
Using a Network Printer from a Smart Device
You can connect a smart device to the printer using one of the following methods.
Connecting over a wireless router
Connect the smart device to the same Wi-Fi network (SSID) as the printer.
See the following for more details.
“Making Settings for Connecting to the Smart Device” on page 213
Connecting by Wi-Fi Direct
Connect the smart device to the printer directly without a wireless router.
See the following for more details.
“Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)” on page 218
Re-setting the Network Connection
is section explains how to make the network connection settings and change the connection method when
replacing the wireless router or the computer.
When Replacing the Wireless Router
When you replace the wireless router, make settings for the connection between the computer or the smart device
and the printer.
Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer
We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the
following methods.
❏Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
http://epson.sn
❏Setting up using the soware disc (only for the models that come with a soware disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the soware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
Selecting the Connection Methods
Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-setting the Network Connection
>
When Repl
…
212
Select Change connection method for printer (for new network router or changing USB to network, etc.) on
the Select Your Operation screen, and then click Next.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
If you cannot connect, see the following to try to solve the problem.
❏Windows: “Cannot connect to a Network” on page 148
❏Mac OS: “Cannot connect to a Network” on page 156
Making Settings for Connecting to the Smart Device
You can use the printer from a smart device when you connect the printer to the same Wi-Fi network (SSID) as the
smart device. To use the printer from a smart device, set up from the following website. Access to the website from
the smart device that you want to connect to the printer.
http://epson.sn > Setup
When Changing the Computer
When changing the computer, make connection settings between the computer and the printer.
Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer
We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the
following methods.
❏Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
http://epson.sn
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-setting the Network Connection
>
When Chan
…
213
❏Setting up using the soware disc (only for the models that come with a soware disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the soware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Changing the Connection Method to the Computer
is section explains how to change the connection method when the computer and the printer have been
connected.
Changing the Network Connection from Ethernet to Wi-Fi
Change the Ethernet connection to Wi-Fi connection from the printer's control panel. e changing connection
method is basically the same as the Wi-Fi connection settings.
Related Information
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel” on page 215
Changing the Network Connection from Wi-Fi to Ethernet
Follow the steps below to change from a Wi-Fi connection to an Ethernet connection.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Wired LAN Setup.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions.
Changing from USB to a Network Connection
Using the installer and re-set up in a dierent connection method.
❏Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
http://epson.sn
❏Setting up using the soware disc (only for the models that come with a soware disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the soware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
Selecting Change the Connection Methods
Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-setting the Network Connection
>
Changing t
…
214
Select the network connection that you want to use, Connect via wireless network (Wi-Fi) or Connect via wired
LAN (Ethernet), and then click Next.
Note:
e displayed connection method diers depending on the model.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel
You can make network settings from the printer's control panel in several ways. Choose the connection method
that matches the environment and conditions that you are using.
If you know the information for the wireless router such as SSID and password, you can make settings manually.
If the wireless router supports WPS, you can make settings by using push button setup.
Aer connecting the printer to the network, connect to the printer from the device that you want to use (computer,
smart device, tablet, and so on.)
Related Information
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 216
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 216
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 217
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-setting the Network Connection
>
Making Wi-
…
215
Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password
You can set up a Wi-Fi network by entering the information necessary to connect to a wireless router from the
printer's control panel. To set up using this method, you need the SSID and password for a wireless router.
Note:
If you are using an wireless router with its default settings, the SSID and password are on the label. If you do not know the
SSID and password, contact the person who set up the wireless router, or see the documentation provided with the wireless
router.
1. Tap on the home screen.
2. Select Router.
3. Tap Start Setup.
If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change to Wi-Fi
connection. or Change Settings to change the settings.
4. Select Wi-Fi Setup Wizard .
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to select the SSID, enter the password for the wireless router, and start setup.
If you want to check the network connection status for the printer aer setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Note:
❏If you do not know the SSID, check if it is written on the label of the wireless router. If you are using the wireless
router with its default settings, use the SSID written on the label. If you cannot nd any information, see the
documentation provided with the wireless router.
❏e password is case-sensitive.
❏If you do not know the password, check if the information is written on the label of the wireless router. On the label,
the password may be written "Network Key", "Wireless Password", and so on. If you are using the wireless router
with its default settings, use the password written on the label.
Related Information
&“Entering Characters” on page 28
&“Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 226
Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)
You can automatically set up a Wi-Fi network by pressing a button on the wireless router. If the following
conditions are met, you can set up by using this method.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-setting the Network Connection
>
Making Wi-
…
216
❏e wireless router is compatible with WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup).
❏e current Wi-Fi connection was established by pressing a button on the wireless router.
Note:
If you cannot nd the button or you are setting up using the soware, see the documentation provided with the wireless
router.
1. Tap on the home screen.
2. Select Router.
3. Tap Start Setup.
If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change to Wi-Fi
connection. or Change Settings to change the settings.
4. Select Push Button Setup(WPS).
5. Follow the on-screen instructions.
If you want to check the network connection status for the printer aer setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Note:
If connection fails, restart the wireless router, move it closer to the printer, and try again. If it still does not work, print a
network connection report and check the solution.
Related Information
&“Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 226
Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)
You can automatically connect to an wireless router by using a PIN code. You can use this method to set up if an
wireless router is capable of WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup). Use a computer to enter a PIN code into the wireless
router.
1. Tap on the home screen.
2. Select Router.
3. Tap Start Setup.
If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change to Wi-Fi
connection. or Change Settings to change the settings.
4. Select Others > PIN Code Setup(WPS)
5. Follow the on-screen instructions.
If you want to check the network connection status for the printer aer setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Re-setting the Network Connection
>
Making Wi-
…
217
Note:
See the documentation provided with your wireless router for details on entering a PIN code.
Related Information
&“Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 226
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi
Direct)
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) allows you to connect a smart device directly to the printer without a wireless router and
print from the smart device.
About Wi-Fi Direct
Use this connection method when you are not using Wi-Fi at home or at the oce, or when you want to connect
the printer and the computer or smart device directly. In this mode, the printer acts as an wireless router and you
can connect the devices to the printer without having to use a standard wireless router. However, devices directly
connected to the printer cannot communicate with each other through the printer.
e printer can be connected by Wi-Fi or Ethernet, and Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection simultaneously.
However, if you start a network connection in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection when the printer is connected
by Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi is temporarily disconnected.
Connecting to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch using Wi-Fi Direct
is method allows you to connect the printer directly to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch without a wireless router.
e following conditions are required to use this function. If your environment does not match these conditions,
you can connect by selecting Other OS Devices. See the related information link below for details on connecting.
❏iOS 11 or later
❏Using the standard camera application to scan the QR code
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
218
❏Epson printing app for iOS.
Examples of Epson printing apps
Install Epson printing app on the smart device in advance.
Note:
You only need to make these settings for the printer and the smart device that you want to connect to once. Unless you
disable Wi-Fi Direct or restore the network settings to their defaults, you do not need to make these settings again.
1. Tap on the home screen.
2. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
3. Tap Start Setup.
4. Tap iOS.
e QR code is displayed on the printer's control panel.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
219
5. On your iPhone, iPad or iPod touch, start the standard Camera app, and then scan the QR code displayed on
the printer's control panel in PHOTO mode.
Use the Camera app for iOS 11 or later. You cannot connect to the printer using the Camera app for iOS 10 or
earlier. Also, you cannot connect using an app for scanning QR codes. If you cannot connect, select Other
Methods on the printer's control panel. See the related information link below for details on connecting.
6. Tap the notication displayed on the screen of the iPhone, iPad or iPod touch.
7. Tap Join.
8. On the printer's control panel, select Next.
9. On the iPhone, iPad or iPod touch, start Epson printing app.
10. On the Epson printing app screen, tap Printer is not selected..
On the Epson Smart Panel, the smart device automatically connects to the printer when it starts.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
220
11. Select the printer that you want to connect to.
See the information displayed on the printer's control panel to select the printer.
12. On the printer's control panel, select Complete.
For smart devices that have been connected to the printer before, select the network name (SSID) on the smart
device's Wi-Fi screen to connect them again.
Related Information
&“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 245
&“Connecting to Devices other than iOS and Android using Wi-Fi Direct” on page 223
Connecting to Android Devices using Wi-Fi Direct
is method allows you to connect the printer directly to your Android device without a wireless router. e
following conditions are required to use this function.
❏Android 5.0 or later
❏Epson printing app for Android.
Examples of Epson printing apps
Install Epson printing app on the smart device in advance.
Note:
You only need to make these settings for the printer and the smart device that you want to connect to once. Unless you
disable Wi-Fi Direct or restore the network settings to their defaults, you do not need to make these settings again.
1. Tap on the home screen.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
221
2. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
3. Tap Start Setup.
4. Tap Android.
5. On the smart device, start Epson printing app.
6. On the Epson printing app screen, tap Printer is not selected..
On the Epson Smart Panel, the smart device automatically connects to the printer when it starts.
7. Select the printer that you want to connect to.
See the information displayed on the printer's control panel to select the printer.
Note:
Printers may not been displayed depending on the Android device. If printers are not displayed, connect by selecting
Other OS Devices. See the related information link below for connecting.
8. When the device connection approval screen is displayed, select Approve.
9. On the printer's control panel, select Complete.
For smart devices that have been connected to the printer before, select the network name (SSID) on the smart
device's Wi-Fi screen to connect them again.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
222
Related Information
&“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 245
&“Connecting to Devices other than iOS and Android using Wi-Fi Direct” on page 223
Connecting to Devices other than iOS and Android using Wi-Fi
Direct
is method allows you to connect the printer directly to smart devices without a wireless router.
Note:
You only need to make these settings for the printer and the smart device that you want to connect to once. Unless you
disable Wi-Fi Direct or restore the network settings to their defaults, you do not need to make these settings again.
1. Tap on the home screen.
2. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.
3. Tap Start Setup.
4. Tap Other OS Devices.
e Network Name (SSID) and Password for Wi-Fi Direct for the printer are displayed.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
223
7. On the printing app screen for the smart device, select the printer that you want to connect to.
See the information displayed on the printer's control panel to select the printer.
8. On the printer's control panel, select Complete.
For smart devices that have been connected to the printer before, select the network name (SSID) on the smart
device's Wi-Fi screen to connect them again.
Related Information
&“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 245
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Connection
ere are two methods available to disable a Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection; you can disable all connections
by using the printer's control panel, or disable each connection from the computer or the smart device. When you
want to disable all connections, see the related information link below for details.
c
Important:
When Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection disabled, all computers and smart devices connected to the printer in
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection are disconnected.
Note:
If you want to disconnect a specic device, disconnect from the device instead of the printer. Use one of the following
methods to disconnect the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection from the device.
❏Disconnect the Wi-Fi connection to the printer's network name (SSID).
❏Connect to another network name (SSID).
Related Information
&“Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Settings Such as the SSID” on page 225
Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Settings Such as the SSID
When Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection is enabled, you can change the settings from > Wi-Fi
Direct > Start Setup > Change, and then the following menu items are displayed.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi
…
225
Change Network Name
Change the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) network name (SSID) used for connecting to the printer to your arbitrary
name. You can set the network name (SSID) in ASCII characters that is displayed on the soware keyboard on the
control panel. You can enter up to 22 characters.
When changing the network name (SSID), all connected devices are disconnected. Use the new network name
(SSID) if you want to re-connect the device.
Change Password
Change the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) password for connecting to the printer to your arbitrary value. You can set
the password in ASCII characters that is displayed on the soware keyboard on the control panel. You can enter 8
to 22 characters.
When changing the password, all connected devices are disconnected. Use the new password if you want to re-
connect the device.
Change Frequency Range
Change the frequency range of Wi-Fi Direct used for connecting to the printer. You can select 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
When changing the frequency range, all connected devices are disconnected. Re-connect the device.
Note that you cannot re-connect from devices that do not support 5 GHz frequency range when changing to 5
GHz.
Depending on the region, this setting may not be displayed.
Disable Wi-Fi Direct
Disable Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings of the printer. When disabling it, all devices connected to the printer in
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection are disconnected.
Restore Default Settings
Restore all Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings to their defaults.
e Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection information of the smart device saved to the printer is deleted.
Note:
You can also set up from the Network tab > Wi-Fi Direct on Web Cong for the following settings.
❏Enabling or disabling Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP)
❏Changing network name (SSID)
❏Changing password
❏Changing the frequency range
Depending on the region, this setting may not be displayed.
❏Restoring the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings
Checking the Network Connection Status
You can check the network connection status in the following way.
Related Information
&“Checking the Network Connection Status from the Control Panel” on page 227
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
226
&“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 228
Checking the Network Connection Status from the Control Panel
You can check the network connection status using the network icon or the network information on the printer’s
control panel.
Checking the Network Connection Status using the Network Icon
You can check the network connection status and strength of the radio wave using the network icon on the
printer's home screen.
Related Information
&“Guide to the Network Icon” on page 25
Displaying Detailed Network Information on the Control Panel
When your printer is connected to the network, you can also view other network-related information by selecting
the network menus you want to check.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status.
3. To check the information, select the menus that you want to check.
❏Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
Displays the network information (device name, connection, signal strength, and so on) for Ethernet or Wi-
Fi connections.
❏Wi-Fi Direct Status
Displays whether Wi-Fi Direct is enabled or disabled, and the SSID, password and so on for Wi-Fi Direct
connections.
❏Email Server Status
Displays the network information for email server.
❏Print Status Sheet
Prints a network status sheet. e information for Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Direct, and so on is printed on
two or more pages.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Chec
…
227
Printing a Network Connection Report
You can print a network connection report to check the status between the printer and the wireless router.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.
e connection check starts.
3. Select Print Check Report.
4. Print the network connection report.
If an error has occurred, check the network connection report, and then follow the printed solutions.
Related Information
&“Messages and Solutions on the Network Connection Report” on page 228
Messages and Solutions on the Network Connection Report
Check the messages and error codes on the network connection report, and then follow the solutions.
a. Error code
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Printi
…
228
b. Messages on the Network Environment
Related Information
&“E-1” on page 229
&“E-2, E-3, E-7” on page 229
&“E-5” on page 230
&“E-6” on page 230
&“E-8” on page 231
&“E-9” on page 231
&“E-10” on page 231
&“E-11” on page 232
&“E-12” on page 232
&“E-13” on page 232
&“Message on the Network Environment” on page 233
E-1
Solutions:
❏Make sure the Ethernet cable is securely connected to your printer and to your hub or other network device.
❏Make sure your hub or other network device is turned on.
❏If you want to connect the printer by Wi-Fi, make Wi-Fi settings for the printer again because it is disabled.
E-2, E-3, E-7
Solutions:
❏Make sure your wireless router is turned on.
❏Conrm that your computer or device is connected correctly to the wireless router.
❏Tur n o the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏Place the printer closer to your wireless router and remove any obstacles between them.
❏If you have entered the SSID manually, check if it is correct. Check the SSID from the Network Status part on
the network connection report.
❏If an wireless router has multiple SSIDs, select the SSID that is displayed. When the SSID is using a non-
compliant frequency, the printer does not display them.
❏If you are using push button setup to establish a network connection, make sure your wireless router supports
WPS. You cannot use push button setup if your wireless router does not support WPS.
❏Makes sure your SSID uses only ASCII characters (alphanumeric characters and symbols). e printer cannot
display an SSID that contains non-ASCII characters.
❏Makes sure you know your SSID and password before connecting to the wireless router. If you are using a
wireless router with its default settings, the SSID and password are located on a label on the wireless router. If
you do not know your SSID and password, contact the person who set up the wireless router, or see the
documentation provided with the wireless router.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Printi
…
229
❏If you are connecting to an SSID generated from a tethering smart device, check for the SSID and password in
the documentation provided with the smart device.
❏If your Wi-Fi connection suddenly disconnects, check for the conditions below. If any of these conditions are
applicable, reset your network settings by downloading and running the soware from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup
❏Another smart device was added to the network using push button setup.
❏e Wi-Fi network was set up using any method other than push button setup.
Related Information
&“Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 213
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel” on page 215
E-5
Solutions:
Make sure the wireless router’s security type is set to one of the following. If it is not, change the security type on
the wireless router, and then reset the printer’s network settings.
❏WEP-64 bit (40 bit)
❏WEP-128 bit (104 bit)
❏WPA PSK (TKIP/AES)
*
❏WPA2 PSK (TKIP/AES)
*
❏WPA (TKIP/AES)
❏WPA2 (TKIP/AES)
❏WPA3-SAE (AES)
❏WPA2/WPA3-Enterprise
* WPA PSK is also known as WPA Personal. WPA2 PSK is also known as WPA2 Personal.
E-6
Solutions:
❏Check if MAC address ltering is disabled. If it is enabled, register the printer’s MAC address so that it is not
ltered. See the documentation provided with the wireless router for details. You can check the printer’s MAC
address from the Network Status part on the network connection report.
❏If your wireless router is using shared authentication with WEP security, make sure the authentication key and
index are correct.
❏If the number of connectable devices on the wireless router is less than the number of network devices that you
want to connect, make settings on the wireless router to increase the number of connectable devices. See the
documentation provided with the wireless router to make settings.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Printi
…
230
Related Information
&“Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 213
E-8
Solutions:
❏Enable DHCP on the wireless router if the printer’s Obtain IP Address setting is set to Auto.
❏If the printer’s Obtain IP Address setting is set to Manual, the IP address you manually set is invalid due to out
of range (for example: 0.0.0.0). Set a valid IP address from the printer’s control panel.
Related Information
&“Network Settings” on page 256
E-9
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏Devices are turned on.
❏You can access the Internet and other computers or network devices on the same network from the devices you
want to connect to the printer.
If still does not connect your printer and network devices aer conrming the above, turn o the wireless router.
Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on. en reset your network settings by downloading and running the
installer from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup
Related Information
&“Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 213
E-10
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏Other devices on the network are turned on.
❏Network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you have set the printer’s
Obtain IP Address to Manual.
Reset the network address if they are incorrect. You can check the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway
from the Network Status part on the network connection report.
Related Information
&“Network Settings” on page 256
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Printi
…
231
E-11
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏e default gateway address is correct if you set the printer’s TCP/IP Setup setting to Manual.
❏e device that is set as the default gateway is turned on.
Set the correct default gateway address. You can check the default gateway address from the Network Status part
on the network connection report.
Related Information
&“Network Settings” on page 256
E-12
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏Other devices on the network are turned on.
❏e network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you are entering them
manually.
❏e network addresses for other devices (subnet mask and default gateway) are the same.
❏e IP address does not conict with other devices.
If still does not connect your printer and network devices aer conrming the above, try the following.
❏Turn o the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏Make network settings again using the installer. You can run it from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup
❏You can register several passwords on a wireless router that uses WEP security type. If several passwords are
registered, check if the rst registered password is set on the printer.
Related Information
&“Network Settings” on page 256
&“Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 213
E-13
Solutions:
Check the following.
❏Network devices such as a wireless router, hub, and router are turned on.
❏e TCP/IP Setup for network devices has not been set up manually. (If the printer’s TCP/IP Setup is set
automatically while the TCP/IP Setup for other network devices is performed manually, the printer’s network
may dier from the network for other devices.)
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Printi
…
232
If it still does not work aer checking the above, try the following.
❏Turn o the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏Make network settings on the computer that is on the same network as the printer using the installer. You can
run it from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup
❏You can register several passwords on a wireless router that uses the WEP security type. If several passwords are
registered, check if the rst registered password is set on the printer.
Related Information
&“Network Settings” on page 256
&“Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 213
Message on the Network Environment
Message Solution
The Wi-Fi environment needs to be
improved. Turn the wireless router o and
then turn it on. If the connection does not
improve, see the documentation for the
wireless router.
After moving the printer closer to the wireless router and removing any
obstacles between them, turn o the wireless router. Wait for about 10
seconds, and then turn it on. If it still does not connect, see the
documentation supplied with the wireless router.
*No more devices can be connected.
Disconnect one of the connected devices if
you want to add another one.
Computer and smart devices that can be connected simultaneously are
connected in full in the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection. To add another
computer or smart device, disconnect one of the connected devices or
connect it to the other network rst.
You can conrm the number of wireless devices which can be connected
simultaneously and the number of connected devices by checking the
network status sheet or the printer’s control panel.
The same SSID as Wi-Fi Direct exists in the
environment. Change the Wi-Fi Direct SSID
if you cannot connect a smart device to the
printer.
On the printer’s control panel, go to Wi-Fi Direct Setup screen and select the
menu to change the setting. You can change the network name following
after DIRECT-XX-. Enter within 22 characters.
Printing a Network Status Sheet
You can check the detailed network information by printing it.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status.
3. Select Print Status Sheet.
4. Check the message, and then print the network status sheet.
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Printi
…
233
Checking the Network of the Computer (Windows only)
By using the command prompt, check the connection status of the computer and the connection path to the
printer. is will lead you to solve the problems.
❏ipcong command
Display the connection status of the network interface that is currently used by the computer.
By comparing the setting information with actual communication, you can check whether the connection is
correct. In case there are multiple DHCP servers on the same network, you can nd out the actual address
assigned to the computer, the referred DNS server, etc.
❏Format : ipcong /all
❏Examples :
❏pathping command
You can conrm the list of routers passing through the destination host and the routing of communication.
❏Format : pathping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
❏Examples : pathping 192.0.2.222
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices
>
Checking the Network Connection Status
>
Chec
…
234
Product Information
Paper Information.................................................236
Consumable Products Information.....................................239
Soware Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Settings Menu List.................................................249
Product Specications..............................................264
Font Specications................................................ 274
Regulatory Information.............................................279
Paper Information
Available Paper and Capacities
Genuine Epson Paper
Epson recommends using genuine Epson paper to ensure high-quality printouts.
Note:
❏e availability of paper varies by location. For the latest information on paper available in your area, contact Epson
support.
❏See the following for information on available paper types for 2-sided printing.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 238
Paper suitable for printing documents
Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)
Paper
Cassette 1
Paper
Cassette 2
Paper Tray
Epson Business Paper A4 250 50
Epson Bright White Paper A3 250 50
Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper A4 250 50
Paper suitable for printing documents and photos
Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)
Paper
Cassette 1
Paper
Cassette 2
Paper Tray
Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet PaperA3+ --20
A3, A4 100 - 20
Epson Double-sided Photo
Quality Ink Jet Paper
A4 1 - 1
Epson Matte Paper-HeavyweightA3+ --20
A3, A4, 20x25 cm (8x 10 in.)
*
50 - 20
* Only printing from computer is available.
Product Information
>
Paper Information
>
Available Paper and Capacities
236
Commercially Available Paper
Note:
See the following for information on available paper types for 2-sided printing.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 238
Plain papers
Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)
Paper Cassette
1
Paper Cassette
2
Paper Tray
Plain paper, Copy paper
Preprinted paper
*1
Letterhead
Color paper
Recycled paper
High quality plain paper
A3+ – – 50
A3, B4, Legal, Letter,
8.5×13 in., A4,
Executive
*2
, B5, 16K
(195×270 mm), 8K
(270×390 mm), Indian-
Legal
250 50
A5, A6, B6 250 – 50
User Dened
*2
(mm)
89 to 297×127 to 431.8
250 – –
User Dened
*2
(mm)
89 to 297×431.9 to 1200
1––
User Dened
*2
(mm)
182 to 297×257 to 431.8
– 250 –
User Dened
*2
(mm)
182 to 297×431.9 to
1200
–1–
User Dened
*2
(mm)
64 to 329×127 to 483
––50
User Dened
*2
(mm)
64 to 329×483.1 to 6000
––1
*1 Paper on which various forms are pre-printed such as slips or securities.
*2 Only printing from computer is available.
Product Information
>
Paper Information
>
Available Paper and Capacities
237
Thick papers
Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)
Paper Cassette
1
Paper Cassette
2
Paper Tray
Thick paper A3+ – – 20
A3, B4, Legal, Letter,
8.5×13 in., A4,
Executive
*
, B5, A5, A6,
B6, 16K (195×270 mm),
8K (270×390 mm),
Indian-Legal
50 – 20
User Dened
*
(mm)
89 to 297×127 to 431.8
50 – –
User Dened
*
(mm)
89 to 297×431.9 to 1200
1––
User Dened
*
(mm)
64 to 329×127 to 483
––20
User Dened
*
(mm)
64 to 329×483.1 to 6000
––1
* Only printing from computer is available.
Envelope
Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Envelopes)
Paper Cassette
1
Paper Cassette
2
Paper Tray
Envelope Envelope #10, Envelope
DL, Envelope C6,
Envelope C4
10 – 10
Paper for 2-Sided Printing
Genuine Epson Paper
❏Epson Business Paper
❏Epson Bright White Paper
❏Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper
❏Epson Double-sided Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper
Product Information
>
Paper Information
>
Available Paper and Capacities
238
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
Commercially Available Paper
❏Plain paper, Copy paper, Preprinted paper, Letterhead, Color paper, Recycled paper, High quality plain paper
*
❏ick paper
*
* A3+ size paper is not supported for automatic 2-sided printing.
For automatic 2-sided printing with User Dened paper sizes, you can use 182 to 297 x 257 to 431.8 mm paper sizes.
Related Information
&“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 236
Unavailable Paper Types
Do not use the following papers. Using these types of paper causes paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏Papers that are wavy
❏Papers that are torn or cut
❏Papers that are folded
❏Papers that are damp
❏Papers that are too thick or too thin
❏Papers that have stickers
Do not use the following envelopes. Using these types of envelope causes paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏Envelopes that are curled or folded
❏Envelopes with adhesive surfaces on the aps or window envelopes
❏Envelopes that are too thin
ey may curl during printing.
Consumable Products Information
Ink Bottle Code
Epson recommends the use of genuine Epson ink bottles.
e following are the codes for genuine Epson ink bottles.
Product Information
>
Consumable Products Information
>
Ink Bottle Code
239
c
Important:
❏Epson warranty does not cover damage caused by inks other than those specied, including any genuine Epson
ink not designed for this printer or any third party ink.
❏Other products not manufactured by Epson may cause damage that is not covered by Epson’s warranties, and
under certain circumstances, may cause erratic printer behavior.
Note:
❏Ink bottle codes may vary by location. For the correct codes in your area, contact Epson support.
❏Although the ink bottles may contain recycled materials, this does not aect printer function or performance.
❏Specications and appearance of the ink bottle are subject to change without prior notice for improvement.
For Europe
Product BK: Black
ET-M16680 Series 113
M15180 Series 112
Note:
For users in Europe, visit the following website for information on Epson's ink bottle yields.
http://www.epson.eu/pageyield
For Asian countries
BK: Black
008
Maintenance Box Code
Epson recommends the use of a genuine Epson maintenance box.
Maintenance box code: C9345
c
Important:
Once a maintenance box has been installed in a printer it cannot be used with other printers.
Software Information
is section introduces the network services and soware products available for your printer from the Epson
website.
Product Information
>
Software Information
240
Software for Printing
Application for Printing from a Computer (Windows Printer Driver)
e printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can also check the status of the printer or keep it in top
operating condition using the printer driver utility.
Note:
You can change the language of the printer driver. Select the language you want to use from the Language setting on the
Maintenance tab.
Accessing the printer driver from applications
To make settings that apply only to the application you are using, access from that application.
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu. Select your printer, and then click Preferences or Properties.
Note:
Operations dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
Accessing the printer driver from the control panel
To make settings that apply to all of the applications, access from the control panel.
❏Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers in
Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click
on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences
❏Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.
❏Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer
and select Printing preferences.
❏Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.
Accessing the printer driver from the printer icon on the task bar
e printer icon on the desktop task bar is a shortcut icon allowing you to quickly access the printer driver.
If you click the printer icon and select Printer Settings, you can access the same printer settings window as the one
displayed from the control panel. If you double-click this icon, you can check the status of the printer.
Note:
If the printer icon is not displayed on the task bar, access the printer driver window, click Monitoring Preferences on the
Maintenance tab, and then select Register the shortcut icon to the taskbar.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Printing
241
Starting the utility
Access the printer driver window. Click the Maintenance tab.
Related Information
&“Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 45
Application for Printing from a Computer (Mac OS Printer Driver)
e printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can also check the status of the printer or keep it in top
operating condition using the printer driver utility.
Accessing the printer driver from applications
Click Page Setup or Print on the File menu of your application. If necessary, click Show Details (or
d
) to expand
the print window.
Note:
Depending on the application being used, Page Setup may not be displayed in the File menu, and the operations for
displaying the print screen may dier.See the application's help for details.
Starting the utility
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
Related Information
&“Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 72
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Printing
242
Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver
Epson Printer Utility
You can run a maintenance feature such as nozzle check and print head cleaning, and by starting EPSON Status
Monitor, you can check printer status and error information.
Application that can print PostScript Fonts (Windows PostScript Printer
Driver)
e PostScript printer driver allows the printer to receive and interpret print instructions in the page description
language sent from the computer and print properly. is is suitable for printing from PostScript compliant
applications used for DTP.
Accessing the printer driver from applications
To make settings that apply only to the application you are using, access from that application.
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu. Select your printer, and then click Preferences or Properties.
Note:
Operations dier depending on the application. See the application's help for details.
Accessing the printer driver from the control panel
To make settings that apply to all of the applications, access from the control panel.
❏Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers in
Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click
on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Printing
243
❏Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.
❏Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer
and select Printing preferences.
❏Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.
Accessing the printer driver from the printer icon on the task bar
e printer icon on the desktop task bar is a shortcut icon allowing you to quickly access the printer driver.
If you click the printer icon and select Printer Settings, you can access the same printer settings window as the one
displayed from the control panel. If you double-click this icon, you can check the status of the printer.
Related Information
&“Printing a Document Using the PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)” on page 66
Application that can print PostScript Fonts (Mac OS PostScript Printer Driver)
e PostScript printer driver allows the printer to receive and interpret print instructions in the page description
language sent from the computer and print properly. is is suitable for printing from PostScript compliant
applications used for DTP.
Accessing the printer driver from applications
Click Page Setup or Print on the File menu of your application. If necessary, click Show Details (or
d
) to expand
the print window.
Note:
Depending on the application being used, Page Setup may not be displayed in the File menu, and the operations for
displaying the print screen may dier.See the application's help for details.
Starting the utility
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.
Related Information
&“Printing from the PostScript Printer Driver on Mac OS” on page 77
Application that can print PCL Language (PCL Printer Driver)
e PCL Printer Driver allows the printer to receive and interpret print instructions in the page description
language sent from the computer and print properly. is is suitable for printing from general applications such as
Microso Oce.
Note:
Mac OS is not supported.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Printing
244
Connect the printer to the same network as the computer, and then follow the procedure below to install the
printer driver.
1. Download the executable le of the driver from the Epson support website.
http://www.epson.eu/Support (Europe only)
http://support.epson.net/
2. Double-click the executable le.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions for the rest of the installation.
Note:
If you are using a Windows computer and you cannot download the driver from the website, install it from the soware
disc that came with the printer. Access "Driver\PCL Universal".
Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart
Panel)
Epson Smart Panel is an application that allows you to perform printer operations easily including printing,
copying, or scanning from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet. You can connect the printer and smart
device over a wireless network, check the ink levels and printer status, and check for solutions if an error occurs.
You can also copy easily by registering a copy favorite.
Search for and install Epson Smart Panel from App Store or Google Play.
Application for Printing Easily from an Android Application (Epson Print
Enabler)
Epson Print Enabler is an application that allows you to wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web
pages right from your Android phone or tablet (Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will
discover an Epson printer that is connected to the same wireless network.
Search for and install Epson Print Enabler from Google Play.
Software for Scanning
Application for Scanning from a Computer (Epson ScanSmart)
is application allows you to scan documents easily, and then save the scanned images in simple steps.
See the Epson ScanSmart help for details on using the features.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Scanning
245
Starting on Windows
❏Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soware > Epson ScanSmart.
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Soware > Epson ScanSmart.
Starting on Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware > Epson ScanSmart.
Software for Package Creation
Application for Creating Driver Packages (EpsonNet SetupManager)
EpsonNet SetupManager is a soware to create a package for a simple printer installation, such as installing the
printer driver, installing EPSON Status Monitor and creating a printer port. is soware allows the administrator
to create unique soware packages and distribute them among groups.
For more information, visit your regional Epson website.
http://www.epson.com
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)
Web Cong is an application that runs in a web browser, such as Internet Explorer and Safari, on a computer or
smart device. You can conrm the printer status or change the network service and printer settings. To use the
Web Cong, connect the printer and the computer or device to the same network.
e following browsers are supported.
Microso Edge, Internet Explorer 8 or later, Firefox
*
, Chrome
*
, Safari
*
*Use the latest version.
Note:
If the administrator password has not been set when accessing Web Cong, the password must be set on the administrator
password setting page.
Do not forget the user name and the password. If you forget them, you will need to contact Epson service support.
Running Web Cong on a Web Browser
1. Check the printer's IP address.
Select the network icon on the printer's home screen, and then select the active connection method to conrm
the printer's IP address.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
246
Note:
You can also check the IP address by printing the network connection report.
2. Launch a Web browser from a computer or smart device, and then enter the printer's IP address.
Format:
IPv4: http://the printer's IP address/
IPv6: http://[the printer's IP address]/
Examples:
IPv4: http://192.168.100.201/
IPv6: http://[2001:db8::1000:1]/
Note:
Using the smart device, you can also run Web Cong from the product information screen of the Epson Smart Panel.
Since the printer uses a self-signed certicate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Cong; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.
Related Information
&“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 245
&“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 228
Running Web Cong on Windows
When connecting a computer to the printer using WSD, follow the steps below to run Web Cong.
1. Open the printer list on the computer.
❏Windows 10
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers
in Hardware and Sound.
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound (or
Hardware).
❏Windows 7
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound.
❏Windows Vista
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound.
2. Right-click on your printer and select Properties.
3. Select the Web Ser v ice tab and click the URL.
Since the printer uses a self-signed certicate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Cong; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
247
Running Web Cong on Mac OS
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.
2. Click Options & Supplies> Show Printer Webpage.
Since the printer uses a self-signed certicate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Cong; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.
Application for Setting up the Device on a Network (EpsonNet Cong)
EpsonNet Cong is an application that allows you to set the network interface addresses and protocols. See the
operations guide for EpsonNet Cong or the application's help for more details.
Starting on Windows
❏Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click the start button, and then select EpsonNet > EpsonNet Cong.
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button, and select All Programs or Programs > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Cong SE > EpsonNet
Cong.
Starting on Mac OS
Go > Applications > Epson Soware > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Cong SE > EpsonNet Cong.
Related Information
&“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 128
Software for Managing Devices on the Network (Epson Device Admin)
Epson Device Admin is a multifunctional application soware that manages the device on the network.
e following functions are available.
❏Monitor or manage up to 2,000 printers or scanners over the segment
❏Make a detailed report, such as for the consumable or product status
❏Update the rmware of the product
❏Introduce the device to the network
❏Apply the unied settings to multiple devices.
You can download Epson Device Admin from Epson support website. For more information, see the
documentation or help of Epson Device Admin.
Product Information
>
Software Information
>
Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices
248
Software for Updating
Application for Updating Software and Firmware (EPSON Software Updater)
EPSON Soware Updater is an application that installs new soware, and updates rmware over the Internet. If
you want to check for update information regularly, you can set the interval for checking for updates in EPSON
Soware Updater's Auto Update Settings.
Note:
Windows Server operating systems are not supported.
Starting on Windows
❏Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soware > EPSON Soware Updater.
❏Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Click the start button, and then select All Programs (or Programs) > Epson Soware > EPSON Soware
Updater.
Note:
You can also start EPSON Soware Updater by clicking the printer icon on the task bar on the desktop, and then selecting
Soware Update.
Starting on Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Soware > EPSON Soware Updater.
Related Information
&“Installing the Applications Separately” on page 128
Settings Menu List
Select Settings on the home screen of the printer to make various settings.
General Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings
Basic Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
249
You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.
LCD Brightness:
Adjust the brightness of the LCD screen.
Sounds:
Adjust the volume.
❏Mute
Select On to mute all sound.
❏Normal Mode
Select the volume such as Button Press.
❏Quiet Mode
Select the volume such as Button Press in Quiet Mode.
Sleep Timer:
Adjust the time period to enter a sleep mode (energy saving mode) when the printer has not
performed any operations. e LCD screen turns black when the setting time passes.
Wake from Sleep:
Touch LCD Screen to Wake:
Select On to return from sleep mode (energy saving mode) by tapping the touch panel. When
this is o, you need to press a button on the control panel to wake the printer. Turning this
feature o prevents any unintentional operations caused due to foreign objects touching the
screen. You can also set a time period during this feature is on.
Power O Timer:
Your product may have this feature or the Power O Settings feature depending on the location of
purchase.
Select this setting to turn the printer o automatically when it is not used for a specied period of
time. You can adjust the time before power management is applied. Any increase will aect the
product’s energy eciency. Please consider the environment before making any change.
Power O Settings:
Your product may have this feature or the Power O Timer feature depending on the location of
purchase.
❏Power O If Inactive
Select this setting to turn the printer o automatically if it is not used for a specied period of
time. Any increase will aect the product’s energy eciency. Please consider the environment
before making any change.
❏Power O If Disconnected
Select this setting to turn the printer o aer 30 minutes when all ports including the USB port are
disconnected. is feature may not be available depending on your region.
Date/Time Settings:
❏Date/Time
Enter the current date and time.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
250
❏Daylight Saving Time
Select the summer time setting that applies to your area.
❏Time Dierence
Enter the time dierence between your local time and UTC (Coordinated Universal Time).
Language:
Select the language used on the LCD screen.
Start-up Screen:
Specify the initial menu displayed on the LCD screen when the printer turns on and Operation Time
Out is enable.
Edit Home:
Change the layout of the icons on the LCD screen. You can also add, remove, and move icons.
Wall Paper:
Change the background color of the home screen.
Operation Time Out:
Select On to return to the initial screen when no operations have been performed for the specied
time. When user restrictions have been applied and no operations are performed for the specied
time, you are logged out and returned to the initial screen.
Keyboard:
Change the layout of the keyboard on the LCD screen.
Default Screen(Job/Status):
Select the default information you want to display when you press the button.
Original Size Auto Detection Option:
e ADF and the scanner glass are equipped with sensors that automatically detect the size of the
paper. However, due to the characteristics of the sensors, similar sizes cannot be identied, and K size
paper, which is mainly used in China, cannot be recognized correctly in the printer's initial state.
Select K Size Priority if you oen use K size paper. e original size will be recognized as K size
instead of the approximate size. Depending on the size and orientation of the paper, it may be
detected as another approximate size. Also, K size may not be automatically detected depending on
the function you are using. For example, when scanning and saving to a computer using an
application, whether or not K size can be automatically detected depends on the behavior of the
application soware.
Related Information
&“Saving Power” on page 127
&“Entering Characters” on page 28
Printer Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
251
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings
You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.
Paper Source Settings:
Paper Setting:
Select the paper size and paper type you loaded in the paper source. You can make Favorite
Paper Settings in paper size and paper type.
Paper Tray Priority:
Select On to give printing priority to paper loaded in the paper tray.
A4/Letter Auto Switching:
Select On to feed paper from the paper source set as A4 size when there is no paper source set
as Letter, or feed from the paper source set as Letter size when there is no paper source set as
A4.
Auto Select Settings:
When paper runs out, paper is automatically fed from a paper source that has the same
settings as the paper settings for the print jobs. You can set automatic selection for every paper
source for each function in copy or other. You cannot set everything to o.
is setting is disabled when you select a specic paper source in the paper settings for the
print jobs. Depending on the paper type setting on the Main tab of the printer driver, paper
may not be fed automatically.
Error Notice:
Select On to display an error message when the selected paper size or type does not match the
loaded paper.
Paper Setup Auto Display:
Select On to display the Paper Setting screen when loading paper in the paper source. If you
disable this feature, you cannot print from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch using AirPrint.
Printing Language:
Select the printing language for the USB interface or the network interface.
Universal Print Settings:
ese print settings are applied when you print by an external device without using the printer driver.
e oset settings are applied when you print using the printer driver.
Top Oset:
Adjust the top margin of the paper.
Left Oset:
Adjust the le margin of the paper.
Top Oset in Back:
Adjust the top margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
252
Left Oset in Back:
Adjust the le margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.
Check Paper Width:
Select On to check the paper width before printing. is prevents printing beyond the edges of
the paper when the paper size setting is incorrect, but this may lower the print speed.
Skip Blank Page:
Skips blank pages in the print data automatically.
PDL Print Conguration:
Select the PDL Print Conguration options you want to use for PCL or PostScript printing.
Common Settings:
❏Paper Size
Select the default paper size for PCL or PostScript printing.
❏Paper Type
Select the default paper type for PCL or PostScript printing.
❏Orientation
Select the default orientation for PCL or PostScript printing.
❏Quality
Select the print quality for PCL or PostScript printing.
❏Ink Save Mode
Select On to save ink by reducing the print density.
❏Print Order
Last Page on Top
Starts printing from the rst page of a le.
First Page on Top
Starts printing from the last page of a le.
❏Number of Copies
Set the number of copies to print.
❏Binding Margin
Select the binding position.
❏Auto Paper Ejection
Select On to eject paper automatically when printing is stopped during a print job.
❏2-Sided Printing
Select On to perform 2-sided printing.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
253
PCL Menu:
❏Font Source
Resident
Select to use a font preinstalled on the printer.
Download
Select to use a font you have downloaded.
❏Font Number
Select the default font number for the default Font Source. e available number varies
depending on the settings you made.
❏Pitch
Set the default font pitch if the font is scalable and of xed-pitch. You can select from 0.44 to
99.99 cpi (characters per inch), in 0.01 increments.
is item may not appear depending on the Font Source or Font Number settings.
❏Height
Set the default font height if the font is scalable and proportional. You can select from 4.00
to 999.75 points, in 0.25 increments.
is item may not appear depending on the Font Source or Font Number settings.
❏Symbol Set
Select the default symbol set. If the font that you selected in the Font Source and the Font
Source setting is not available in the new symbol set setting, the Font Source and the Font
Number settings are automatically replaced with the default value, IBM-US.
❏Form
Set the number of lines for the selected paper size and orientation. is also causes a line
spacing (VMI) change, and the new VMI value is stored in the printer. is means that later
changes in the page size or orientation settings cause changes in the Form value based on
the stored VMI.
❏CR Function
Select the line feed command when printing with a driver from a specic operating system.
❏LF Function
Select the line feed command when printing with a driver from a specic operating system.
❏Paper Source Assign
Set the assignment for the paper source select command. When 4 is selected, the commands
are set as compatible with the HP LaserJet 4. When 4K is selected, the commands are set as
compatible with the HP LaserJet 4000, 5000, and 8000. When 5S is selected, the commands
are set as compatible with the HP LaserJet 5S.
PS Menu:
❏Error Sheet
Select On to print a sheet showing the status when an error occurs during PostScript or
PDF printing.
❏Binary
Select On when printing data that contains binary images. e application may send the
binary data even if the printer driver setting is set to ASCII, but you can print the data when
this feature is enabled.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
254
❏PDF Page Size
Select the paper size when printing a PDF le. If Auto is selected, the paper size is
determined based on the size of the rst page.
Auto Error Solver:
Select an action to perform when a 2-sided printing error or a memory full error occurs.
❏On
Displays a warning and prints in single-sided mode when a 2-sided printing error occurs, or prints
only what the printer could process when a memory full error occurs.
❏O
Displays an error message and cancels printing.
Memory Device Interface:
❏Memory Device:
Select Enable to allow the printer to access an inserted memory device. If Disable is selected, you
cannot save data to the memory device using the printer. is prevents condential documents
from being scanned and saved illegally to a memory device.
❏File Sharing:
Select whether to give write access to the memory device from a USB-connected computer or a
network-connected computer.
Thick Paper:
Select On to prevent ink from smearing on your printouts, however, this may lower the print speed.
Quiet Mode:
Select On to reduce noise during printing, however, this may lower the print speed. Depending on
the paper type and print quality settings you selected, there may be no dierence in the printer's noise
level.
Ink Drying Time:
Select the ink drying time you want to use when performing 2-sided printing. e printer prints the
other side aer printing one side. If your printout is smeared, increase the time setting.
Bidirectional:
Select On to change the print direction; Prints while the print head moves to the le and to the right.
If vertical or horizontal ruled lines on your printout look blurred or misaligned, disabling this feature
may solve the problem; however, doing so may reduce print speed.
Output Tray Auto Extension:
Select On to extend the paper output support automatically when printing A3 size paper.
PC Connection via USB:
Select Enable to allow a computer to access the printer when connected by USB. When Disable is
selected, printing and scanning that is not sent over a network connection is restricted.
USB I/F Timeout Setting:
Specify the length of time in seconds that must elapse before ending USB communication with a
computer aer the printer receives a print job from a PostScript printer driver or PCL printer driver.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
255
If the job ending is not clearly dened from a PostScript printer driver or PCL printer driver, it can
cause endless USB communication. When this occurs, the printer ends communication aer the
specied time has elapsed. Enter 0 (zero) if you do not want to end communication.
Related Information
&“Loading Paper” on page 32
Network Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings
Wi-Fi Setup:
Set up or change wireless network settings. Choose the connection method from following and then
follow the instructions on the control panel.
Router:
❏Wi-Fi Setup Wizard
❏Push Button Setup(WPS)
❏Others
❏PIN Code Setup(WPS)
❏Wi-Fi Auto Connect
❏Disable Wi-Fi
You may be able to resolve network problems by disabling the Wi-Fi settings or making
the Wi-Fi settings again. Tap > Router > Change Settings > Others >
Disable Wi-Fi > Start Setup.
Wi-Fi Direct:
❏iOS
❏Android
❏Other OS Devices
❏Change
❏Change Network Name
❏Change Password
❏Change Frequency Range
is setting may not be displayed depending on the region.
❏Disable Wi-Fi Direct
❏Restore Default Settings
Wired LAN Setup:
Set up or change a network connection that uses a LAN cable and router. When this is being used,
Wi-Fi connections are disabled.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
256
Network Status:
Displays or prints the current network settings.
❏Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
❏Wi-Fi Direct Status
❏Email Server Status
❏Print Status Sheet
Connection Check:
Checks the current network connection and prints a report. If there are any problems with the
connection, see the report to solve the problem.
Advanced:
Make the following detailed settings.
❏Device Name
❏TCP/IP
❏Proxy Server
❏Email Server
❏IPv6 Address
❏MS Network Sharing
❏Link Speed & Duplex
❏Redirect HTTP to HTTPS
❏Disable IPsec/IP Filtering
❏Disable IEEE802.1X
Related Information
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 216
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 216
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 217
&“Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)” on page 218
&“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 228
&“Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 226
Web Service Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Web Service Settings
You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.
Epson Connect Services:
Displays whether the printer is registered and connected to Epson Connect.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
257
You can register to the service by selecting Register and follow the instructions.
When you have registered, you can change the following settings.
❏Suspend/Resume
❏Unregister
For details, see the following web site.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu (Europe only)
Related Information
&“Printing Using a Cloud Service” on page 85
Scan Settings
Conrm Recipient
Check destination before scanning.
Email Server
Set the email server settings for scanning Email.
❏Server Settings
Specify the authentication method for the printer to access the mail server.
“Mail Server Setting Items” on page 295
❏Connection Check
Check the connection to the mail server.
System Administration
By using this menu, you can maintain the product as a system administrator. It also allows you to restrict product
features for individual users to suite your work or oce style.
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > System Administration
Contacts Manager
Register/Delete:
Register and/or delete contacts for the Scan to Email and Scan to Network Folder/FTP menus.
Frequent:
Register frequently used contacts to access them quickly. You can also change the order of the
list.
Print Contacts:
Print your contact list.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
258
View Options:
Change the way the contact list is displayed.
Search Options:
Change the method for searching contacts.
Clear Internal Memory Data:
is item is displayed on PCL or PostScript compatible printer.
Delete the printer's internal memory data, such as a downloaded font and macro for PCL printing or
a job of password printing.
Security Settings:
You can make the following security settings.
Restrictions:
Permit to change the settings of the following items when panel lock is enabled.
❏Job Log Access
❏Access to Register/Delete Contacts
❏Access to Print Save History of Scan to Network Folder/FTP
❏Access to Recent of Scan to Email
❏Access to Show Sent History of Scan to Email
❏Access to Print Sent History of Scan to Email
❏Access to Language
❏Access to ick Paper
❏Access to Quiet Mode
❏Protection of Personal Data
Access Control:
Select On to restrict product features. is requires users to log into the product control panel
with their user name and password before they can use control panel features. In Accept
Unknown User Jobs, you can select whether or not to allow jobs that do not have the
necessary authentication information.
Admin Settings:
❏Admin Password
Set, change, and clear an administrator password.
❏Lock Setting
Select whether or not to lock the control panel using the password registered in Admin
Password.
Password Encryption:
Select On to encrypt your password. If you turn the power o while restart is in progress, data
may be damaged and the printer settings are restores to defaults. In that case, set password
information again.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
General Settings
259
Customer Research:
Select Approve to provide product usage information such as the number of prints to Seiko Epson
Corporation.
Restore Default Settings:
Reset the settings in the following menus to their defaults.
❏Network Settings
❏Copy Settings
❏Scan Settings
❏Clear All Data and Settings
Firmware Update:
You can get rmware information such as your current version and information on available updates.
Update:
Check if the latest version of the rmware has been uploaded to the network server. If an
update is available, you can select whether or not to start updating.
Notication:
Select On to receive a notication if a rmware update is available.
Related Information
&“Updating the Printer's Firmware using the Control Panel” on page 133
Print Counter
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Print Counter
Displays the total number of prints and the total number of pages fed through the printer including items such as
the status sheet from the time you purchased the printer. You can also check the number of pages printed from a
memory device or other functions on the Usage History sheet.
Supply Status
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Supply Status
Displays the approximate service life of the maintenance box. When is displayed, the maintenance box is
nearly full. When is displayed, the maintenance box is full.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Supply Status
260
Maintenance
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Maintenance
Print Quality Adjustment:
Select this feature if there are any problems with your print outs. You can check for clogged nozzles
and clean the print head if necessary, and then adjust some parameters to improve print quality.
Print Head Nozzle Check:
Select this feature to check if the print head nozzles are clogged. e printer prints a nozzle check
pattern.
Print Head Cleaning:
Select this feature to clean clogged nozzles in the print head.
Power Cleaning:
Select this feature to replace all of the ink inside the ink tube. More ink is consumed than in usual
cleaning. See the "Related Information" below for details on using this feature.
Print Head Alignment:
Select this feature to adjust the print head to improve print quality.
❏Ruled Line Alignment
Select this feature to align vertical lines.
❏Horizontal Alignment
Select this feature if horizontal banding appears at regular intervals in your printouts.
Fill Ink:
Select this feature to reset the ink level to 100% when relling the ink tank.
Ink Level Setting:
Select this feature to set the ink level according to the actual ink remaining.
Paper Guide Cleaning:
Select this feature if there are ink stains on the internal rollers. e printer feeds paper to clean the
internal rollers.
Remove Paper:
Select this feature if there are still some torn pieces of paper inside the printer even aer removing
jammed paper. e printer makes more space between the print head and the surface of the paper to
easily remove the torn pieces of paper.
Periodic Cleaning:
e printer automatically performs Print Head Nozzle Check and Print Head Cleaning based on
the specic period of time. Select On to maintain premium print quality. Under the following
conditions, perform Print Head Nozzle Check and Print Head Cleaning yourself.
❏Printout problems
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Maintenance
261
❏When O is selected for Periodic Cleaning
❏When printing at high quality, such as photos
❏When the Print Head Cleaning message is displayed on the LCD screen
Related Information
&“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 116
&“Running Power Cleaning” on page 117
&“Relling the Ink Tank” on page 187
&“Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 119
Language
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Language
Select the language used on the LCD screen.
Printer Status/Print
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Printer Status/Print
Print Status Sheet:
Conguration Status Sheet:
Print information sheets showing the current printer status and settings.
Supply Status Sheet:
Print information sheets showing the status of consumables.
Usage History Sheet:
Print information sheets showing the usage history of the printer.
PS Font List:
Print a list of fonts that are available for a PostScript printer.
PCL Font List:
Print a list of fonts that are available for a PCL print.
Network:
Displays the current network settings. You can also print a status sheet.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Printer Status/Print
262
Contacts Manager
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Contacts Manager
Register/Delete:
Register and/or delete contacts for the Fax, Scan to Email, and Scan to Network Folder/FTP menus.
Frequent:
Register frequently used contacts to access them quickly. You can also change the order of the list.
Print Contacts:
Print your contact list.
View Options:
Change the way the contact list is displayed.
Search Options:
Change the method for searching contacts.
User Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > User Settings
You can change the default settings for your frequently used scanning and copying settings. See the following
related information for details.
❏Scan to Network Folder/FTP
❏Scan to Email
❏Scan to Computer
❏Scan to Memory Device
❏Scan to Cloud
❏Copy Settings
Authentication Device Status
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Authentication Device Status
Displays the status of the authentication device.
Product Information
>
Settings Menu List
>
Authentication Device Status
263
Epson Open Platform Information
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Epson Open Platform Information
Displays the status of the Epson Open Platform.
Product Specications
Printer Specications
Print Head Nozzle Placement Black ink nozzles: 800
Weight of Paper
*
Plain Paper 64 to 90 g/m
Thick Paper 91 to 256 g/m
Envelopes Envelope #10, DL, C6, C4: 75 to 100 g/m
* Even when the paper thickness is within this range, the paper may not feed in the printer or the print quality may decline
depending on the paper properties or quality.
Printable Area
Printable Area for Single Sheets
Print quality may decline in the shaded areas due to the printer's mechanism.
A 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
B 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
C 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
D 49.0 mm (1.93 in.)
Printable Area for Envelopes
Print quality may decline in the shaded areas due to the printer's mechanism.
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Printer Specications
264
A 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
B 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
C 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)
D 49.0 mm (1.93 in.)
Scanner Specications
Scanner Type Flatbed
Photoelectric Device CIS
Eective Pixels 14040×20400 pixels (1200 dpi)
Maximum Document Size 297×431.8 mm (11.7×17 in.)
A3
Scanning Resolution 1200 dpi (main scan)
2400 dpi (sub scan)
Output Resolution 50 to 9600 dpi in 1 dpi increments
Color Depth Color
❏48 bits per pixel internal (16 bits per pixel per color internal)
❏24 bits per pixel external (8 bits per pixel per color external)
Grayscale
❏16 bits per pixel internal
❏8 bits per pixel external
Black and white
❏16 bits per pixel internal
❏1 bits per pixel external
Light Source LED
ADF Specications
ADF Type Auto duplex scanning
Available Paper Sizes A5, A4, A3, B5, B4, Executive, 16K, Indian-Legal, Letter, 8.5×13 in, Legal, 8K
Paper Type Plain Paper
Weight of Paper 64 to 95 g/m
Loading Capacity A4, A3, B4, 16K, Indian-Legal, Letter, 8.5×13 in, Legal, 8K: 50 sheets or 5.5 mm
A5, B5, Executive: 20 sheets
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
ADF Specications
265
Even when the original meets the specications for media that can be placed in the ADF, it may not feed from the
ADF or the scan quality may decline depending on the paper properties or quality.
Using Port for the Printer
e printer uses the following port. ese ports should be allowed to become available by the network
administrator as necessary.
When the Sender (Client) is the Printer
Use Destination
(Server)
Protocol Port
Number
File sending (When scan to network folder is
used from the printer)
FTP server FTP (TCP) 20
21
File server SMB (TCP) 445
NetBIOS (UDP) 137
138
NetBIOS (TCP) 139
Email sending (When scan to mail is used
from the printer)
SMTP server SMTP (TCP) 25
SMTP SSL/TLS (TCP) 465
SMTP STARTTLS (TCP) 587
POP before SMTP connection (When scan to
mail is used from the printer)
POP server POP3 (TCP) 110
When Epson Connect is used Epson Connect
Server
HTTPS 443
XMPP 5222
Control WSD Client computer WSD (TCP) 5357
Search the computer when push scanning
from Epson ScanSmart
Client computer Network Push Scan Discovery 2968
When the Sender (Client) is the Client Computer
Use Destination
(Server)
Protocol Port
Number
Discover the printer from an application such
as EpsonNet Cong, printer driver, and
scanner driver.
Printer ENPC (UDP) 3289
Collect and set up the MIB information from
an application such as EpsonNet Cong,
printer driver, and scanner driver.
Printer SNMP (UDP) 161
Forwarding LPR data Printer LPR (TCP) 515
Forwarding RAW data Printer RAW (Port9100) (TCP) 9100
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Using Port for the Printer
266
Use Destination
(Server)
Protocol Port
Number
Forwarding AirPrint (IPP/IPPS printing) data Printer IPP/IPPS (TCP) 631
Searching WSD printer Printer WS-Discovery (UDP) 3702
Forwarding the scan data from Epson
ScanSmart
Printer Network Scan (TCP) 1865
Collecting the job information when push
scanning from Epson ScanSmart
Printer Network Push Scan 2968
Interface Specications
For Computer Hi-Speed USB
*
For External USB Device Hi-Speed USB
* USB 3.0 cables are not supported.
Network Specications
Wi-Fi Specications
See the following table for Wi-Fi specications.
Countries or regions except for those listed
below
Table A
China Table B
Table A
Standards IEEE802.11b/g/n
*1
Frequency Range 2.4 GHz
Channels 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13
Coordination Modes Infrastructure, Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
*2*3
Security Protocols
*4
WEP (64/128bit), WPA2-PSK (AES)
*5
, WPA3-SAE (AES), WPA2/WPA3-Enterprise
*1 Only available for the HT20
*2 Not supported for IEEE 802.11b
*3 Infrastructure and Wi-Fi Direct modes or an Ethernet connection can be used simultaneously.
*4 Wi-Fi Direct supports WPA2-PSK (AES) only.
*5 Complies with WPA2 standards with support for WPA/WPA2 Personal.
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Network Specications
267
Table B
Standards IEEE802.11a/b/g/n
*1
/ac
Frequency Ranges IEEE802.11b/g/n: 2.4 GHz, IEEE802.11a/n/ac: 5 GHz
Channels Wi-Fi 2.4 GHz 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13
5 GHz
*2
W52 (36/40/44/48),
W53 (52/56/60/64),
W56 (100/104/108/112/116/120/124/128/132/136/140),
W58 (149/153/157/161/165)
Wi-Fi Direct 2.4 GHz 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13
5 GHz
*2
W52 (36/40/44/48)
W58 (149/153/157/161/165)
Connection Modes Infrastructure, Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
*3*4
Security Protocols
*5
WEP (64/128bit), WPA2-PSK (AES)
*6
, WPA3-SAE (AES), WPA2/WPA3-Enterprise
*1 Only available for the HT20
*2 The availability of these channels and use of the product outdoors over these channels varies by location. For more
information, see the following website.
http://support.epson.net/wi5ghz/
*3 Not supported for IEEE 802.11b
*4 Infrastructure and Wi-Fi Direct modes or an Ethernet connection can be used simultaneously.
*5 Wi-Fi Direct only supports WPA2-PSK (AES) .
*6 Complies with WPA2 standards with support for WPA/WPA2 Personal.
Ethernet Specications
Standards IEEE802.3i (10BASE-T)
*1
IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX)
IEEE802.3az (Energy Ecient Ethernet)
*2
Communication Mode Auto, 10Mbps Full duplex, 10Mbps Half duplex, 100Mbps
Full duplex, 100Mbps Half duplex
Connector RJ-45
*1 Use a category 5e or higher STP (Shielded twisted pair) cable to prevent risk of radio interference.
*2 The connected device should comply with IEEE802.3az standards.
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Network Specications
268
Network Functions and IPv4/IPv6
Functions Supported Remarks
Network Printing EpsonNet Print (Windows) IPv4 ✓-
Standard TCP/IP (Windows) IPv4, IPv6 ✓-
WSD Printing (Windows) IPv4, IPv6 ✓Windows Vista or
later
Bonjour Printing (Mac OS) IPv4, IPv6 ✓-
IPP Printing (Windows, Mac
OS)
IPv4, IPv6 ✓-
PictBridge Printing (Wi-Fi) IPv4 - Digital camera
Epson Connect (Email Print,
Remote Print)
IPv4 ✓-
AirPrint (iOS, Mac OS) IPv4, IPv6 ✓iOS 5 or later, Mac
OS X v10.7 or later
Network Scanning Epson Scan 2 IPv4, IPv6 ✓-
Epson ScanSmart IPv4 ✓Windows 7 or later,
Mac OS X El
Capitan or later
Event Manager IPv4 ✓Windows XP, Vista,
Mac OS X v10.6 to
Yosemite
Epson Connect (Scan to
Cloud)
IPv4 ✓-
AirPrint (Scan) IPv4, IPv6 ✓OS X Mavericks or
later
Fax Send a fax IPv4 - -
Receive a fax IPv4 - -
AirPrint (Faxout) IPv4, IPv6 - -
Security Protocol
IEEE802.1X
*
IPsec/IP Filtering
SSL/TLS HTTPS Server/Client
IPPS
SMTPS (STARTTLS, SSL/TLS)
SNMPv3
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Network Specications
269
* You need to use a device for connection that complies with IEEE802.1X.
PostScript Level 3 Compatibility
e PostScript used on this printer is compatible with PostScript Level 3.
Supported Third Party Services
AirPrint Print iOS 5 or later/Mac OS X v10.7.x or later
Scan OS X Mavericks or later
Memory Device Specications
Devices Maximum Capacities
Hard Disk Drive
*1
USB Flash Drive
2 TB (formatted in FAT, FAT32, or exFAT.)
Multi-card reader
*2
2 TB (formatted in FAT, FAT32, or exFAT)
*1: We do not recommend using external USB devices that are powered by USB. Use only external USB devices with
independent AC power sources.
*2: Only insert one memory card into the multi-card reader. Multi-card readers with more than two memory cards inserted are
not supported.
You cannot use the following devices:
❏A device that requires a dedicated driver
❏A device with security settings (password, encryption, and so on)
❏A device with a built-in USB hub
Epson cannot guarantee all operations of externally connected devices.
Supported Data Specications
File Format JPEGs (*.JPG) with the Exif Version 2.31 standard taken by digital cameras DCF
*1
version 1.0 or 2.0
*2
compliant
TIFF 6.0 compliant images as below
❏RGB full color images (not compressed)
❏Binary images (not compressed or CCITT encoded)
PDF Version 1.7 compliant data le
Image Size Horizontal: 80 to 10200 pixels
Vertical: 80 to 10200 pixels
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Supported Data Specications
270
File Size Less than 2 GB
Maximum Number of Files JPEG: 9990
*3
TIFF: 999
PDF: 999
*1 Design rule for Camera File system.
*2 Photo data stored on digital cameras with a built-in memory is not supported.
*3 Up to 999 les can be displayed at a time. (If the number of les exceeds 999, the les are displayed in groups.)
Note:
"×" is displayed on the LCD screen when the printer cannot recognize the image le. In this situation, if you select a multiple
image layout, blank sections will be printed.
Dimensions
Dimensions Storage
❏Width: 515 mm (20.3 in.)
❏Depth: 500 mm (19.7 in.)
❏Height: 350 mm (13.8 in.)
Printing
❏Width: 515 mm (20.3 in.)
❏Depth: 976 mm (38.4 in.)
❏Height: 521 mm (20.5 in.)
Weight
*
Approx. 20.2 kg (44.5 lb)
* Without the ink and the power cord.
Electrical Specications
Power Supply Rating AC 100-240 V AC 220-240 V
Rated Frequency Range 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz
Rated Current 0.7-0.4 A 0.4 A
Power Consumption (with USB Con-
nection)
Standalone copying: Approx. 21.0 W
(ISO/IEC24712)
Ready mode: Approx. 9.7 W
Sleep mode: Approx. 0.7 W
Power o: Approx. 0.15 W
Standalone copying: Approx. 21.0 W
(ISO/IEC24712)
Ready mode: Approx. 9.9 W
Sleep mode: Approx. 0.8 W
Power o: Approx. 0.2 W
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Electrical Specications
271
Note:
❏Check the label on the printer for its voltage.
❏For European users, see the following Website for details on power consumption.
http://www.epson.eu/energy-consumption
Environmental Specications
Operation Use the printer within the range shown in the following graph.
Temperature: 10 to 35°C (50 to 95°F)
Humidity: 20 to 80% RH (without condensation)
Storage Temperature after initial ink charging: -15 to 40°C (5 to 104°F)
*
Temperature before initial ink charging: -20 to 40°C (-4 to 104°F)
*
Humidity: 5 to 85% RH (without condensation)
* You can store for one month at 40°C (104°F).
Environmental Specications for Ink Bottles
Storage Temperature -20 to 40 °C (-4 to 104 °F)
*
Freezing Temperature -15 °C (5 °F)
Ink thaws and is usable after approximately 2 hours at 25 °C (77 °F).
* You can store for one month at 40 °C (104 °F).
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Environmental Specications
272
Installation Location and Space
Secure enough place to install and operate the printer correctly.
A 681mm
B 1208mm
C 515mm
D 331mm
E 741mm
F 467mm
See "Safety Instructions" in this manual to conrm the environmental conditions.
Related Information
&“Safety Instructions” on page 13
Product Information
>
Product Specications
>
Installation Location and Space
273
System Requirements
❏Windows
Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8/8.1, Windows 10 or later (32-bit, 64-bit)
Windows XP SP3 (32-bit)
Windows XP Professional x64 Edition SP2
Windows Server 2003 (SP2) or later
❏Mac OS
Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later, macOS 11 or later
Note:
❏Mac OS may not support some applications and features.
❏e UNIX File System (UFS) for Mac OS is not supported.
Font Specications
Available Fonts for PostScript
Font Name Family HP Equivalent
Nimbus Mono Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Courier
Letter Gothic Medium, Bold, Italic Letter Gothic
Nimbus Mono PS Regular, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique CourierPS
Nimbus Roman No4 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic CG Times
URW Classico Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic CG Omega
URW Coronet - Coronet
URW Clarendon Condensed - Clarendon Condensed
URW Classic Sans Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Univers
URW Classic Sans Condensed Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Univers Condensed
Antique Olive Medium, Bold, Italic Antique Olive
Garamond Antiqua, Halbfett, Kursiv, Kursiv Halbfett Garamond
Mauritius - Marigold
Algiers Medium, Extra Bold Albertus
NimbusSansNo2 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Arial
Nimbus Roman No9 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Times New Roman
Nimbus Sans Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique Helvetica
Nimbus Sans Narrow Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique Helvetica Narrow
Product Information
>
Font Specications
>
Available Fonts for PostScript
274
Font Name Family HP Equivalent
Palladio Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Palatino
URW Gothic Book, Demi, Book Oblique, Demi Oblique ITC Avant Garde
URW Bookman Light, Demi, Light Italic, Demi Italic ITC Bookman
URW Century Schoolbook Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic New Century Schoolbook
Nimbus Roman Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Times
URW Chancery Medium Italic - ITC Zapf Chancery Italic
Symbol - Symbol
URW Dingbats - Wingdings
Dingbats - ITC Zapf Dingbats
Standard Symbol - SymbolPS
Available Fonts for PCL (URW)
Scalable Font
Font Name Family HP Equivalent Symbol
Set for
PCL5
Nimbus Mono Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Courier 1
Letter Gothic Medium, Bold, Italic Letter Gothic 1
Nimbus Mono PS Regular, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique CourierPS 3
Nimbus Roman No4 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic CG Times 2
URW Classico Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic CG Omega 3
URW Coronet - Coronet 3
URW Clarendon Condensed - Clarendon Condensed 3
URW Classic Sans Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Univers 2
URW Classic Sans
Condensed
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Univers Condensed 3
Antique Olive Medium, Bold, Italic Antique Olive 3
Garamond Antiqua, Halbfett, Kursiv, Kursiv Halbfett Garamond 3
Mauritius - Marigold 3
Algiers Medium, Extra Bold Albertus 3
NimbusSansNo2 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Arial 3
Nimbus Roman No9 Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Times New 3
Product Information
>
Font Specications
>
Available Fonts for PCL (URW)
275
Font Name Family HP Equivalent Symbol
Set for
PCL5
Nimbus Sans Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique Helvetica 3
Nimbus Sans Narrow Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique Helvetica Narrow 3
Palladio Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Palatino 3
URW Gothic Book, Demi, Book Oblique, Demi Oblique ITC Avant Garde Gothic 3
URW Bookman Light, Demi, Light Italic, Demi Italic ITC Bookman 3
URW Century Schoolbook Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic New Century Schoolbook 3
Nimbus Roman Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic Times 3
URW Chancery Medium
Italic
-ITC Zapf Chancery Medium
Italic
3
Symbol - Symbol 4
URW Dingbats - Wingdings 5
Dingbats - ITC Zapf Dingbats 6
Standard Symbol - SymbolPS 4
URW David Medium, Bold HP David 7
URW Narkis Medium, Bold HP Narkis 7
URW Miryam Medium, Bold, Italic HP Miryam 7
URW Kou Medium, Bold Kou 8
URW Naskh Medium, Bold Naskh 8
URW Ryadh Medium, Bold Ryadh 8
Bitmap Font
Font Name Symbol
Set
Line Printer 9
OCR/Barcode Bitmap Font (for PCL5 only)
Font Name Family Symbol
Set
OCR A - 10
OCR B - 11
Code39 9.37cpi, 4.68cpi 12
EAN/UPC Medium, Bold 13
Product Information
>
Font Specications
>
Available Fonts for PCL (URW)
276
Note:
Depending on the print density, or on the quality or color of the paper, OCR A, OCR B, Code39, and EAN/UPC fonts may
not be readable. Print a sample and make sure the fonts can be read before printing large quantities.
List of Symbol Sets
Your printer can access a variety of symbol sets. Many of these symbol sets dier only in the international
characters specic to each language.
When you are considering which font to use, you should also consider which symbol set to combine with the font.
Note:
Since most soware handles fonts and symbols automatically, you will probably never need to adjust the printer's settings.
However, if you are writing your own printer control programs, or if you are using older soware that cannot control fonts,
refer to the following sections for symbol set details.
List of Symbol Sets for PCL 5
Symbol Set
Name
Attribute Font Classication
12345678910111213
Norweg1 0D ✓✓✓----------
Roman
Extension
0E --------✓----
Italian 0I ✓✓✓----------
ECM94-1 0N ✓✓✓-----✓----
Swedis2 0S ✓✓✓----------
ANSI ASCII 0U ✓✓✓---✓✓-----
UK 1E ✓✓✓----------
French2 1F ✓✓✓----------
German 1G ✓✓✓----------
Legal 1U ✓✓✓-----✓----
8859-2 ISO 2N ✓✓✓-----✓----
Spanish 2S ✓✓✓----------
ISO 8859/4
Latin 4
4N ✓✓✓----------
Roman-9 4U ✓✓✓----------
PsMath 5M ✓✓✓---✓✓-----
8859-9 ISO 5N ✓✓✓-----✓----
WiTurkish 5T ✓✓✓----------
MsPublishin 6J ✓✓✓----------
Product Information
>
Font Specications
>
List of Symbol Sets
277
Symbol Set
Name
Attribute Font Classication
12345678910111213
VeMath 6M ✓✓✓----------
8859-10ISO 6N ✓✓✓-----✓----
DeskTop 7J ✓✓✓----------
Math-8 8M ✓✓✓---✓✓-----
Roman-8 8U ✓✓✓-----✓----
WiE.Europe 9E ✓✓✓----------
Pc1004 9J ✓✓✓----------
8859-15ISO 9N ✓✓✓-----✓----
PcTk437 9T ✓✓✓----------
Windows 9U ✓✓✓----------
PsText 10J ✓✓✓----------
IBM-US 10U ✓✓✓-----✓----
IBM-DN 11U ✓✓✓-----✓----
McText 12J ✓✓✓----------
PcMultiling 12U ✓✓✓-----✓----
VeInternati 13J ✓✓✓----------
PcEur858 13U ✓✓✓----------
VeUS 14J ✓✓✓----------
PiFont 15U ✓✓✓----------
PcE.Europe 17U ✓✓✓----------
Unicode 3.0 18N ✓✓✓---✓✓-----
WiBALT 19L ✓✓✓----------
WiAnsi 19U ✓✓✓----------
PcBlt775 26U ✓✓✓----------
Pc866Cyr 3R ✓✓-----------
Greek8 8G ✓✓-----------
WinGrk 9G ✓✓-----------
WinCyr 9R ✓✓-----------
Pc851Grk 10G ✓✓-----------
ISOCyr 10N ✓✓------✓----
Product Information
>
Font Specications
>
List of Symbol Sets
278
Symbol Set
Name
Attribute Font Classication
12345678910111213
Pc8Grk 12G ✓✓-----------
ISOGrk 12N ✓✓-----------
Pc866Ukr 14R ✓✓-----------
Hebrew7 0H ✓-----✓------
8859-8 ISO 7H ✓-----✓------
Hebrew8 8H ✓-----✓------
Pc862Heb 15H ✓-----✓------
PC-862,
Hebrew
15Q ✓-----✓------
Arabic8 8V -------✓-----
HPWARA 9V -------✓-----
Pc864Ara 10V - - - - - - - ✓-----
Symbol 19M - - - ✓---------
Wingdings 579L - - - - ✓--------
ZapfDigbats 14L - - - - - ✓-------
OCR A 0O ---------✓---
OCR B 1O ---------- ✓--
OCR B
Extension
3Q ---------- ✓--
Code3-9 0Y ---------- - ✓-
EAN/UPC 8Y ---------- - - ✓
Regulatory Information
Standards and Approvals
Standards and Approvals for European Model
For European users
Hereby, Seiko Epson Corporation declares that the following radio equipment model is in compliance with
Directive 2014/53/EU. e full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following website.
http://www.epson.eu/conformity
Product Information
>
Regulatory Information
>
Standards and Approvals
279
C756D
For use only in Ireland, UK, Austria, Germany, Liechtenstein, Switzerland, France, Belgium, Luxemburg,
Netherlands, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Denmark, Finland, Norway, Sweden, Iceland, Croatia, Cyprus, Greece,
Slovenia, Malta, Bulgaria, Czech, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, and Slovakia.
Epson cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-
recommended modication of the products.
Frequency Maximum Radio-Frequency Power Transmitted
2400-2483.5 MHz 20 dBm (EIRP)
Restrictions on Copying
Observe the following restrictions to ensure the responsible and legal use of the printer.
Copying of the following items is prohibited by law:
❏Bank bills, coins, government-issued marketable securities, government bond securities, and municipal
securities
❏Unused postage stamps, pre-stamped postcards, and other ocial postal items bearing valid postage
❏Government-issued revenue stamps, and securities issued according to legal procedure
Exercise caution when copying the following items:
❏Private marketable securities (stock certicates, negotiable notes, checks, etc.), monthly passes, concession
tickets, etc.
❏Passports, driver’s licenses, warrants of tness, road passes, food stamps, tickets, etc.
Note:
Copying these items may also be prohibited by law.
Responsible use of copyrighted materials:
Printers can be misused by improperly copying copyrighted materials. Unless acting on the advice of a
knowledgeable attorney, be responsible and respectful by obtaining the permission of the copyright holder before
copying published material.
Product Information
>
Regulatory Information
>
Restrictions on Copying
280
Administrator Information
Connecting the Printer to the Network..................................282
Settings to Use the Printer...........................................286
Managing the Printer...............................................329
Advanced Security Settings..........................................344
Connecting the Printer to the Network
You can connect the printer to the network in several ways.
❏Connect by using advanced settings on the control panel.
❏Connect by using the installer on the website or on the soware disc.
is section explains the procedure to connect the printer to the network using the printer's control panel.
Before Making Network Connection
To connect to the network, check the connection method and setting information for connection in advance.
Gathering Information on the Connection Setting
Prepare the necessary setting information to connect. Check the following information in advance.
Divisions Items Note
Device connection
method
❏Ethernet
❏Wi-Fi
Decide how to connect the printer to the network.
For Wired LAN, connects to the LAN switch.
For Wi-Fi, connects to the network (SSID) of the access point.
LAN connection
information
❏IP address
❏Subnet mask
❏Default gateway
Decide the IP address to assign to the printer.
When you assign the IP address statically, all values are required.
When you assign the IP address dynamically using the DHCP function,
this information is not required because it is set automatically.
Wi-Fi connection
information
❏SSID
❏Password
These are the SSID (network name) and the password of the access
point that the printer connects to.
If MAC address ltering has been set, register the MAC address of the
printer in advance to register the printer.
See the following for the supported standards.
“Wi-Fi Specications” on page 267
DNS server information ❏IP address for
primary DNS
❏IP address for
secondary DNS
These are required when specifying DNS servers. The secondary DNS
is set when the system has a redundant conguration and there is a
secondary DNS server.
If you are in a small organization and do not set the DNS server, set
the IP address of the router.
Proxy server
information
❏Proxy server name Set this when your network environment uses the proxy server to
access the internet from the intranet, and you use the function that
the printer directly accesses to the internet.
For the following functions, the printer directly connects to the
internet .
❏Epson Connect Services
❏Cloud services of other companies
❏Firmware updating
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Before Making Network Connection
282
Divisions Items Note
Port number
information
❏Port number to
release
Check the port number used by the printer and computer, then
release the port that is blocked by a rewall, if necessary.
See the following for the port number used by the printer.
“Using Port for the Printer” on page 266
IP Address Assignment
ese are the following types of IP address assignment.
Static IP address:
Assign the predetermined IP address to the printer (host) manually.
e information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) need to be set
manually.
e IP address does not change even when the device is turned o, so this is useful when you want to manage
devices with an environment where you cannot change the IP address or you want to manage devices using the IP
address. We recommend settings to the printer, server, etc. that many computers access. Also, when using security
features such as IPsec / IP ltering, assign a xed IP address so that the IP address does not change.
Automatic assignment by using DHCP function (dynamic IP address):
Assign the IP address automatically to the printer (host) by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or
router.
e information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) is set
automatically, so you can easily connect the device to the network.
If the device or the router is turned o, or depending on the DHCP server settings, IP address may change when
re-connecting.
We recommend managing devices other than the IP address and communicating with protocols that can follow
the IP address.
Note:
When you use the IP address reservation function of the DHCP, you can assign the same IP address to the devices at any
time.
DNS Server and Proxy Server
e DNS server has a host name, domain name of the email address, etc. in association with the IP address
information.
Communication is impossible if the other party is described by host name, domain name, etc. when the computer
or the printer performs IP communication.
Queries the DNS server for that information and gets the IP address of the other party. is process is called name
resolution.
erefore, the devices such as computers and printers can communicate using the IP address.
Name resolution is necessary for the printer to communicate using the email function or Internet connection
function.
When you use those functions, make the DNS server settings.
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Before Making Network Connection
283
When you assign the printer's IP address by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or router, it is
automatically set.
e proxy server is placed at the gateway between the network and the Internet, and it communicates to the
computer, printer, and Internet (opposite server) on behalf of each of them. e opposite server communicates
only to the proxy server. erefore, printer information such as the IP address and port number cannot be read
and increased security is expected.
When you connect to the Internet via a proxy server, congure the proxy server on the printer.
Connecting to the Network from the Control Panel
Connect the printer to the network by using the printer's control panel.
Assigning the IP Address
Set up the basic items such as Host Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway.
is section explains the procedure for setting a static IP address.
1. Turn on the printer.
2. Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.
3. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP.
4. Select Manual for Obtain IP Address.
When you set the IP address automatically by using the DHCP function of router, select Auto. In that case, the
IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway on step 5 to 6 are also set automatically, so go to step 7.
5. Enter the IP address.
Focus moves to the forward segment or the back segment separated by a period if you select
l
and
r
.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
6. Set up the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
c
Important:
If the combination of the IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway is incorrect, Start Setup is inactive
and cannot proceed with the settings. Conrm that there is no error in the entry.
7. Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
Note:
When you select Auto for the IP address assignment settings, you can select the DNS server settings from Manual or
Auto. If you cannot obtain the DNS server address automatically, select Manual and enter the DNS server address.
en, enter the secondary DNS server address directly. If you select Auto, go to step 9.
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Connecting to the Network from the
…
284
8. Enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
9. Tap Start Setup.
Setting the Proxy Server
Set up the proxy server if both of the following are true.
❏e proxy server is built for Internet connection.
❏When using a function in which a printer directly connects to the Internet, such as Epson Connect service or
another company's cloud services.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
When making settings aer IP address setting, the Advanced screen is displayed. Go to step 3.
2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced.
3. Select Proxy Server.
4. Select Use for Proxy Server Settings.
5. Enter the address for the proxy server by IPv4 or FQDN format.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
6. Enter the port number for the proxy server.
Conrm the value reected on the previous screen.
7. Tap Start Setup.
Connecting to LAN
Connect the printer to the network by Ethernet or Wi-Fi.
Connecting to Ethernet
Connect the printer to the network by using the Ethernet cable, and check the connection.
1. Connect the printer and hub (LAN switch) by Ethernet cable.
2. Select Settings on the home screen.
3. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.
e connection diagnosis result is displayed. Conrm the connection is correct.
Administrator Information
>
Connecting the Printer to the Network
>
Connecting to the Network from the
…
285
4. Tap OK to nish.
When you tap Print Check Report, you can print the diagnosis result. Follow the on-screen instructions to
print it.
Related Information
&“Changing the Network Connection from Wi-Fi to Ethernet” on page 214
Connecting to the Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
You can connect the printer to the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) in several ways. Choose the connection method that
matches the environment and conditions that you are using.
If you know the information for the wireless router such as SSID and password, you can make settings manually.
If the wireless router supports WPS, you can make settings by using push button setup.
Aer connecting the printer to the network, connect to the printer from the device that you want to use (computer,
smart device, tablet, and so on.)
Related Information
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 216
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 216
&“Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 217
Settings to Use the Printer
Using the Print Functions
Enable to use the print function through the network.
To use the printer on the network, you need to set the port for network connection on the computer as well as the
printer’s network connection.
Printer Connection Types
e following two methods are available for the printer's network connection.
❏Peer to peer connection (direct printing)
❏Server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server)
Peer to Peer Connection Settings
is is the connection to connect the printer on the network and the computer directly. Only a network-capable
model can be connected.
Connection method:
Connect the printer to the network directly via hub or access point.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
286
Printer driver:
Install the printer driver on each client computer.
When using EpsonNet SetupManager, you can provide the driver's package that includes the printer settings.
Features:
❏e print job starts immediately because the print job is sent to the printer directly.
❏You can print as long as the printer runs.
Server / Client Connection Settings
is is the connection that the server computer shares with the printer. To prohibit the connection without going
through the server computer, you can enhance the security.
When using USB, the printer without the network function can be also shared.
Connection method:
Connect the printer to the network via LAN switch or access point.
You can also connect the printer to the server directly by USB cable.
Printer driver:
Install the printer driver on the Windows server depending on the OS of the client computers.
By accessing the Windows server and linking the printer, the printer driver is installed on the client computer and
can be used.
Features:
❏Manage the printer and the printer driver in batch.
❏Depending on the server spec, it may take time to start the print job because all print jobs go through the print
server.
❏You cannot print when the Windows server is turned o.
Print Settings for Peer to Peer Connection
For peer to peer connection (direct printing), a printer and a client computer have a one-to-one relationship.
e printer driver must be installed on each client computer.
Print Settings for Server / Client Connection
Enable to print from the printer that is connected as the server / client connection.
For the server / client connection, set up the print server rst, and then share the printer on the network.
When using the USB cable to connect to the server, also set the print server rst, and then share the printer on the
network.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
287
Setting Up the Network Ports
Create the print queue for network printing on the print server by using standard TCP/IP, and then set the network
port.
is example is when using Windows 2012 R2.
1. Open the devices and printers screen.
Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.
2. Add a printer.
Click Add printer, and then select e printer that I want isn't listed.
3. Add a local printer.
Select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings, and then click Next.
4. Select Create a new port, select Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port Type, and then click Next.
5. Enter the printer's IP address or printer name in Host Name or IP Address or Printer Name or IP Address,
and then click Next.
Example:
❏Printer name : EPSONA1A2B3C
❏IP address : 192.0.2.111
Do not change Port name.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
288
Click Continue when the User Account Control screen is displayed.
Note:
If you specify the printer name on the network where the name resolution is available, the IP address is tracked even if
printer's IP address has been changed by DHCP. You can conrm the printer name from the network status screen on
the printer's control panel or network status sheet.
6. Set the printer driver.
❏If the printer driver is already installed:
Select Manufacturer and Printers. Click Next.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions.
When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), make the
sharing settings hereaer.
Checking the Port Conguration - Windows
Check if the correct port is set for the print queue.
1. Open the devices and printers screen.
Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.
2. Open the printer properties screen.
Right-click the printer icon, and then click Printer properties.
3. Click the Ports tab, select Standard TCP/IP Port, and then click Congure Port.
4. Check the port conguration.
❏For RAW
Check that Raw is selected in Protocol, and then click OK.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
289
❏For LPR
Check that LPR is selected in Protocol. Enter "PASSTHRU" in Queue name from LPR Settings. Select LPR
Byte Counting Enabled, and then click OK.
Sharing the Printer (Windows only)
When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), set up the
printer sharing from the print server.
1. Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.
2. Right-click the printer icon (print queue) that you want to share with, and then select Printer Properties >
Sharing tab.
3. Select Share this printer and then enter to Share name.
For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then congure the settings.
Installing Additional Drivers (Windows only)
If the Windows versions for a server and clients are dierent, it is recommended to install additional drivers to the
print server.
1. Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.
2. Right-click the printer icon that you want to share with the clients, and then click Printer Properties >
Sharing tab.
3. Click Additional Drivers.
For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then congure the settings.
4. Select versions of Windows for clients, and then click OK.
5. Select the information le for the printer driver (*.inf) and then install the driver.
Using the Shared Printer – Windows
e administrator needs to inform the clients of the computer name assigned to the print server and how to add it
to their computers. If the additional driver(s) have not been congured yet, inform the clients how to use Devices
and Printers to add the shared printer.
If additional driver(s) have already been congured on the print server, follow these steps:
1. Select the name assigned to the print server in Windows Explorer.
2. Double-click the printer that you want to use.
Basic Settings for Printing
Set the print settings, such as paper size or printing error.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
290
Setting the Paper Source
Set the size and type of paper to be loaded in each paper source.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Print tab > Paper Source Settings.
2. Set each item.
e displayed items may vary by the situation.
❏Paper source name
Display the target paper source name, such as paper tray, Cassette 1.
❏Paper Size
Select the paper size you want to set from the pull-down menu.
❏Unit
Select the unit of the user-dened size. You can select it when User dened is selected on Paper Size.
❏Width
Set the horizontal length of the user-dened size.
e range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Width.
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.
❏Height
Set the vertical length of the user-dened size.
e range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Height.
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.
❏Paper Type
Select the paper type you want to set from the pull-down menu.
3. Check the settings, and then click OK.
Setting Errors
Set the displaying error for the device.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Print tab > Error Settings.
2. Set each item.
❏Paper Size Notice
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper size of the specied paper source is
dierent from the paper size of the print data.
❏Paper Type Notice
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper type of the specied paper source is
dierent from the paper type of the print data.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
291
❏Auto Error Solver
Set whether to automatically cancel the error if there is no operation on the control panel for 5 seconds
aer displaying the error.
3. Check the settings, and then click OK.
Setting Universal Print
Set when you print from external devices without using the printer driver.
Some items are not displayed depending on the printing language of your printer.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Print tab > Universal Print Settings.
2. Set each item.
3. Check the settings, and then click OK.
Basic
Items Explanation
Top Oset(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the vertical position of the paper on which printing starts.
Left Oset(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which printing starts.
Top Oset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the vertical position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of
the paper starts in duplex printing.
Left Oset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of
the paper starts in duplex printing.
Check Paper Width Set whether to check paper width when printing.
Skip Blank Page If there is a blank page in the print data, set not to print a blank page.
PDL Print Conguration
You can specify settings for PCL or PostScript printing.
is item is displayed on a PCL or PostScript compatible printer.
Common Settings
Items Explanation
Paper Size Select the paper size on which you want to print.
Paper Type Select the type of paper on which you print.
Orientation Select the orientation you want to use to print.
Quality Select the print quality you want to use for printing.
Ink Save Mode Set whether to print with reduced ink consumption.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Using the Print Functions
292
Items Explanation
Print Order Select to print from the top or the last page.
Number of Copies(1-999) Set the number of copies you want to print.
Binding Margin Select the binding position.
Auto Paper Ejection Select whether to eject paper automatically when timeout is occurred during
receiving a print job.
2-Sided Printing Set whether printing 2-sided.
PCL Menu
Items Explanation
Font Source Select whether to use the font installed on the printer or download it.
Font Number Specify the font number you want to use.
Pitch(0.44-99.99cpi) If the font to use is scalable and xed-pitch font, specify the font size in pitch.
Height(4.00-999.75pt) If the font to use is scalable and proportional font, specify the font size in points.
Symbol Set Select the symbol set of the font you want to use.
Form(5-128lines) Specify the number of lines per page.
CR Function Select the operation for the CR code (return).
LF Function Select the operation for the LF code (new line), FF code (new page).
Paper Source Assign Specify paper feeder assignment for PCL paper feed command.
PS Menu
Items Explanation
Error Sheet Set whether to print an error sheet when PS3 printing error occurs.
Coloration Set as color printing or monochrome printing.
You can only select monochrome for this printer.
Binary Set whether to accept the binary data or not.
PDF Page Size Set the paper size for PDF printing.
Setting Up AirPrint
Set when using AirPrint printing and scanning.
Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > AirPrint Setup.
Items Explanation
Bonjour Service Name Enter the Bonjour service name between 1 and 41 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting Up AirPrint
293
Items Explanation
Bonjour Location Enter location information such as the printer's placement within 127 bytes or less
in Unicode (UTF-8).
Geolocation
Latitude and Longitude (WGS84)
Enter the printer's location information. This entry is optional.
Enter values by using WGS-84 datum, which separates latitude and longitude with
a comma.
You can enter -90 to +90 for the latitude value, and -180 to +180 for the longitude
value. You can enter less than a decimal to the sixth place, and you can omit "+".
Top Priority Protocol Select top priority protocol from IPP and Port9100.
Wide-Area Bonjour Set whether or not to use Wide-Area Bonjour. If you use it, the printers must be
registered on the DNS server to be able to search the printer over the segment.
iBeacon Transmission Select whether to enable or disable the iBeacon transmission function. When
enabled, you can search for the printer from iBeacon-enabled devices.
Require PIN Code when using IPP
printing
Select whether or not to require a PIN code when using IPP printing. If you select
Yes , IPP print jobs without PIN codes are not saved in the printer.
Enable AirPrint IPP, Bonjour, AirPrint (Scan service) are enabled, and IPP is established only with
secure communication.
Conguring a Mail Server
Set the mail server from Web Cong.
Check below before setting up.
❏e printer is connected to the network that can access the mail server.
❏Email setting information of the computer that uses the same mail server as the printer.
Note:
❏When you use the mail server on the Internet, conrm the setting information from the provider or website.
❏You can also set the mail server from the control panel. Access as below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Server Settings
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > Email Server > Basic.
2. Enter a value for each item.
3. Select OK.
e settings you have selected are displayed.
When the setup completes, perform the connection check.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Conguring a Mail Server
294
Mail Server Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Authentication Method Specify the authentication method for the printer to access the mail server.
O Set when the mail server does not need authentication.
SMTP AUTH Authenticates on the SMTP server (outgoing mail server)
when sending the email. The mail server needs to support
SMTP authentication.
POP before SMTP Authenticates on the POP3 server (receiving mail server)
before sending the email. When you select this item, set the
POP3 server.
Authenticated Account If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the
authenticated account name between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the SMTP server account. When you select POP before
SMTP, enter the POP3 server account.
Authenticated Password If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the
authenticated password between 0 and 20 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the authenticated account for the SMTP server. When
you select POP before SMTP, enter the authenticated account for the POP3 server.
Sender's Email Address Enter the sender's email address such as the email address of the system administrator. This
is used when authenticating, so enter a valid email address that is registered to the mail
server.
Enter between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E) except for : ( ) < > [ ] ; ¥. A period "."
cannot be the rst character.
SMTP Server Address Enter between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN format.
SMTP Server Port Number Enter a number between 1 and 65535.
Secure Connection Select the encryption method of the communication to the mail server.
None If you select POP before SMTP in Authentication Method,
the connection is not encrypted.
SSL/TLS This is available when Authentication Method is set to O
or SMTP AUTH. Communication is encrypted from the start.
STARTTLS This is available when Authentication Method is set to O
or SMTP AUTH. Communication is not encrypted from the
start, but depending on the network environment, whether
the communication is encrypted or not is changed.
Certicate Validation The certicate is validated when this is enabled. We recommend this is set to Enable. To set
up, you need to import the CA Certicate to the printer.
POP3 Server Address If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the POP3 server
address between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN
format.
POP3 Server Port Number If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter a number between 1
and 65535.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Conguring a Mail Server
295
Checking a Mail Server Connection
You can check the connection to the mail server by performing the connection check.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > Email Server > Connection Test.
2. Select Start.
e connection test to the mail server is started. Aer the test, the check report is displayed.
Note:
You can also check the connection to the mail server from the printer’s control panel. Access as below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Connection Check
Mail Server Connection Test References
Messages Cause
Connection test was successful. This message appears when the connection with the server is successful.
SMTP server communication error.
Check the following. - Network
Settings
This message appears when
❏The printer is not connected to a network
❏SMTP server is down
❏Network connection is disconnected while communicating
❏Received incomplete data
POP3 server communication error.
Check the following. - Network
Settings
This message appears when
❏The printer is not connected to a network
❏POP3 server is down
❏Network connection is disconnected while communicating
❏Received incomplete data
An error occurred while connecting to
SMTP server. Check the followings. -
SMTP Server Address - DNS Server
This message appears when
❏Connecting to a DNS server failed
❏Name resolution for an SMTP server failed
An error occurred while connecting to
POP3 server. Check the followings. -
POP3 Server Address - DNS Server
This message appears when
❏Connecting to a DNS server failed
❏Name resolution for an POP3 server failed
SMTP server authentication error.
Check the followings. - Authentication
Method - Authenticated Account -
Authenticated Password
This message appears when SMTP server authentication failed.
POP3 server authentication error.
Check the followings. - Authentication
Method - Authenticated Account -
Authenticated Password
This message appears when POP3 server authentication failed.
Unsupported communication method.
Check the followings. - SMTP Server
Address - SMTP Server Port Number
This message appears when you try to communicate with unsupported protocols.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Conguring a Mail Server
296
Messages Cause
Connection to SMTP server failed.
Change Secure Connection to None.
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
client, or when the server does not support SMTP secure connection (SSL
connection).
Connection to SMTP server failed.
Change Secure Connection to SSL/TLS.
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
client, or when the server requests to use an SSL/TLS connection for an SMTP
secure connection.
Connection to SMTP server failed.
Change Secure Connection to
STARTTLS.
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
client, or when the server requests to use an STARTTLS connection for an SMTP
secure connection.
The connection is untrusted. Check the
following. - Date and Time
This message appears when the printer’s date and time setting is incorrect or the
certicate has expired.
The connection is untrusted. Check the
following. - CA Certicate
This message appears when the printer does not have a root certicate
corresponding to the server or a CA Certicate has not been imported.
The connection is not secured. This message appears when the obtained certicate is damaged.
SMTP server authentication failed.
Change Authentication Method to
SMTP-AUTH.
This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between
a server and a client. The server supports SMTP AUTH.
SMTP server authentication failed.
Change Authentication Method to
POP before SMTP.
This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between
a server and a client. The server does not support SMTP AUTH.
Sender's Email Address is incorrect.
Change to the email address for your
email service.
This message appears when the specied sender’s Email address is wrong.
Cannot access the printer until
processing is complete.
This message appears when the printer is busy.
Setting a Shared Network Folder
Set a shared network folder to save a le from the printer.
When saving a le to the folder, the printer logs on as the user of the computer on which the folder was created.
Also, make sure you setup MS Network when creating the shared network folder.
Creating the Shared Folder
Before Creating the Shared Folder
Before creating the shared folder, check the following.
❏e printer is connected to the network where it can access the computer where the shared folder will be
created.
❏A multi-byte character is not included in the name of the computer where the shared folder will be created.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
297
c
Important:
When a multi-byte character is included in the computer name, saving the le to the shared folder may fail.
In that case, change to the computer that does not include the Multi-byte character in the name or change the
computer name.
When changing the computer name, make sure to conrm with the administrator in advance because it may aect
some settings, such as computer management, resource access, etc.
Checking the Network Prole
On the computer where the shared folder will be created, check whether folder sharing is available.
1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.
2. Select Control Panel > Network and Internet > Network and Sharing Center.
3. Click Change advanced sharing settings, and then click for the prole with (current prole) in the
displayed network proles.
4. Check whether Turn on le and printer sharing is selected on File and Printer Sharing.
If already selected, click Cancel and close the window.
When you change the settings, click Save Changes and close the window.
Related Information
&“Location Where the Shared Folder is Created and an Example of the Security” on page 298
Location Where the Shared Folder is Created and an Example of the Security
Depending on the location where the shared folder is created, security and convenience vary.
To operate the shared folder from the printers or other computers, the following reading and changing permissions
for the folder are required.
❏Sharing tab > Advanced Sharing > Permissions
It controls the network access permission of the shared folder.
❏Access permission of Security tab
It controls permission of the network access and local access of the shared folder.
When you set Everyone to the shared folder that is created on the desktop, as an example of creating a shared
folder, all users who can access the computer will be permitted access.
However, the user who does not have authority cannot access them because the desktop (folder) is under the
control of the user folder, and then the security settings of the user folder are handed down to it. e user who is
permitted access on the Security tab (user logged in and administrator in this case) can operate the folder.
See below to create the proper location.
is example is when creating the "scan_folder" folder.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
298
Related Information
&“Example of Conguration for File Servers” on page 299
&“Example of Conguration for a Personal Computer” on page 304
Example of Conguration for File Servers
is explanation is an example for creating the shared folder on the root of the drive on the shared computer, such
as the le server under the following condition.
Access controllable users, such as someone who has the same domain of a computer to create a shared folder, can
access the shared folder.
Set this conguration when you permit any user to read and write to the shared folder on the computer, such as the
le server and the shared computer.
❏Place for creating shared folder: Root of drive
❏Folder path: C:\scan_folder
❏Access permission via network (Share Permissions): Everyone
❏Access permission on le system (Security): Authenticated Users
1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.
2. Start explorer.
3. Create the folder on the root of drive, and then name it "scan_folder".
For the folder name, enter between 1 and 12 alphanumeric characters. If the character limit of the folder name
is exceeded, you may not be able to access it normally by the varied environment.
4. Right click the folder, and then select Properties.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
299
8. Click OK.
9. Select Security tab, and then select Authenticated Users on the Group or user names.
"Authenticated Users" is the special group that includes all users who can log in to the domain or computer.
is group is displayed only when the folder is created just below the root folder.
If it is not displayed, you can add it by clicking Edit. For more details, see Related Information.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
302
10. Check that Allow on Modify is selected in Permissions for Authenticated Users.
If it is not selected, select Authenticated Users, click Edit, select Allow on Modify in Permissions for
Authenticated Users, and then click OK.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
303
11. Select Sharing tab.
e network path of the shared folder is displayed. is is used when registering to the contacts of the printer.
Please write it down.
12. Click OK or Close to close the screen.
Check whether the le can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of the same domain.
Related Information
&“Adding Group or User Which Permits Access” on page 309
Example of Conguration for a Personal Computer
is explanation is an example for creating the shared folder on the desktop of the user currently logging in to the
computer.
e user who logs in to the computer and who has administrator authority can access the desktop folder and the
document folder that are under the User folder.
Set this conguration when you DO NOT permit reading and writing to another user to the shared folder on a
personal computer.
❏Place for creating shared folder: Desktop
❏Folder path: C:\Users\xxxx\Desktop\scan_folder
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
304
❏Access permission via network (Share Permissions): Everyone
❏Access permission on le system (Security): do not add, or add User/Group names to permit access
1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.
2. Start explorer.
3. Create the folder on the desktop, and then name it "scan_folder".
For the folder name, enter between 1 and 12 alphanumeric characters. If the character limit of the folder name
is exceeded, you may not be able to access it normally by the varied environment.
4. Right click the folder, and then select Properties.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
305
8. Click OK.
9. Select Security tab.
10. Check the group or the user in the Group or user names.
e group or the user that is displayed here can access the shared folder.
In this case, the user who logs in to this computer and the Administrator can access the shared folder.
Add access permission, if necessary. You can add it by clicking Edit. For more details, see Related Information.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
308
11. Select Sharing tab.
e network path of the shared folder is displayed. is is used when registering to the contacts of the printer.
Please write it down.
12. Click OK or Close to close the screen.
Check whether the le can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of users or groups with
access permission.
Related Information
&“Adding Group or User Which Permits Access” on page 309
Adding Group or User Which Permits Access
You can add the group or user which permits access.
1. Right click the folder and select Properties.
2. Select Security tab.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
309
4. Click Add under the Group or user names.
5. Enter the group or user name that you want to permit access, and then click Check Names.
An underline is added to the name.
Note:
If you do not know the full name of the group or user, enter part of the name, and then click Check Names. e group
names or user names that match part of the name are listed, and then you can select the full name from the list.
If just one name matches, the full name with underlining is displayed in Enter the object name to select.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
311
6. Click OK.
7. On the Permission screen, select the user name that is entered in Group or user names , select the access
permission on Modify, and then click OK.
8. Click OK or Close to close the screen.
Check whether the le can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of users or groups with
access permission.
Using Microsoft Network Sharing
Enable this to save a le on a shared network folder from the printer.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > MS Network.
2. Enable Use Microso network sharing.
3. Set each item if necessary.
4. Click Next.
5. Conrm the settings, and then click OK.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Setting a Shared Network Folder
312
Making Contacts Available
Registering destinations in the printer's contacts list allows you to easily enter the destination when scanning.
You can also use the LDAP server (LDAP search) to enter the destination.
Note:
❏You can switch between your printer's contacts list and the LDAP using the printer’s control panel.
❏You can register the following types of destinations in the contacts list. You can register up to 200 entries in total.
Email Destination for email
You need to congure the email server settings beforehand.
Network Folder (SMB) Destination for scan data
Network Folder/FTP
Contacts Conguration Comparison
ere are three tools for conguring the printer's contacts: Web Cong, Epson Device Admin, and the printer’s
control panel. e dierences between three tools are listed in the table below.
Features Web Cong Epson Device Admin Printer’s control panel
Registering a destination ✓✓✓
Editing a destination ✓✓✓
Adding a group ✓✓✓
Editing a group ✓✓✓
Deleting a destination or
groups
✓✓✓
Deleting all destinations ✓✓ –
Importing a le ✓✓ –
Exporting to a le ✓✓ –
Assigning destinations to
frequent use
✓✓✓
Sorting destinations
assigned to frequent use
––✓
Registering a Destination to Contacts using Web Cong
Note:
You can also register the contacts on the printer’s control panel.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Scan/Copy tab > Contacts.
2. Select the number that you want to register, and then click Edit.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
313
3. Enter Name and Index Word.
4. Select the destination type as the Type option.
Note:
You cannot change the Ty pe option aer registration is complete. If you want to change the type, delete the destination
and then register again.
5. Enter a value for each item, and then click Apply.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
Destination Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Common Settings
Name Enter a name displayed in the contacts in 30 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8).
If you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Index Word Enter words to search in 30 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8). If you do not
specify this, leave it blank.
Type Select the type of the address that you want to register.
Assign to Frequent Use Select to set the registered address as a frequently used address.
When setting as a frequently used address, it is displayed on the top screen of
scan, and you can specify the destination without displaying the contacts.
Email
Email Address Enter between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 ! # $ % & ' * + - . / = ? ^ _ { | }
~ @.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
314
Items Settings and Explanation
Network Folder (SMB)
Save to \\“Folder path”
Enter the location where the target folder is located between 1 and 253 characters
in Unicode (UTF-8), omitting "\\".
User Name Enter a user name to access a network folder in 30 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F).
Password Enter a password to access a network folder in 20 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F).
FTP
Save to Enter the server name between 1 and 253 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E),
omitting "ftp://".
User Name Enter a user name to access an FTP server in 30 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F). If the server
allows anonymous connections, enter a user name such as Anonymous and FTP. If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Password Enter a password to access to an FTP server within 20 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F). If you do not
specify this, leave it blank.
Connection Mode Select the connection mode from the menu. If a rewall is set between the printer
and the FTP server, select Passive Mode.
Port Number Enter the FTP server port number between 1 and 65535.
Registering Destinations as a Group Using Web Cong
If the destination type is set to Email, you can register the destinations as a group.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Scan/Copy tab > Contacts.
2. Select the number that you want to register, and then click Edit.
3. Select a group from Type.
4. Click Select for Contact(s) for Group.
e available destinations are displayed.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
315
5. Select the destination that you want to register to the group, and then click Select.
6. Enter a Name and Index Word.
7. Select whether or not you assign the registered group to the frequently used group.
Note:
Destinations can be registered to multiple groups.
8. Click Apply.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
Registering Frequently Used Contacts
When you register frequently used contacts, the contacts are displayed at the top of the screen where you specify
the address.
1. Select Settings on the home screen.
2. Select Contacts Manager, and then select Frequent.
3. Select the type of contact you want to register.
4. Select Edit.
Note:
To edit the order of the contacts, select Sort.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
316
5. Select frequently used contacts that you want to register, and then select OK.
Note:
❏To deselect a contact, tap it again.
❏You can search for addresses from the contacts list. Enter the search keyword into the box on the top of the screen.
6. Select Close.
Backing Up and Importing Contacts
Using Web Cong or other tools, you can back up and import contacts.
For Web Cong, you can back up contacts by exporting the printer settings that include contacts. e exported le
cannot be edited because it is exported as a binary le.
When importing the printer settings to the printer, contacts are overwritten.
For Epson Device Admin, only contacts can be exported from the device’s property screen. Also, if you do not
export the security-related items, you can edit the exported contacts and import them because this can be saved as
a SYLK le or csv le.
Importing Contacts Using Web Cong
If you have a printer that allows you to backup contacts and is compatible with this printer, you can register
contacts easily by importing the backup le.
Note:
For instructions on how to back up the printer contacts, see the manual provided with the printer.
Follow the steps below to import the contacts to this printer.
1. Access Web Cong, select Device Management > Export and Import Setting Value > Import.
2. Select the backup le you created in File, enter the password, and then click Next.
3. Select the Contacts checkbox, and then click Next.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
Backing up Contacts Using Web Cong
Contacts data may be lost due to a printer malfunction. We recommend that you make a backup of the data
whenever you update the data. Epson shall not be responsible for the loss of any data, for backing up or recovering
data and/or settings even during a warranty period.
Using Web Cong, you can back up the contact data stored in the printer to the computer.
1. Access Web Cong, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >
Export.
2. Select the Contacts checkbox under the Scan/Copy category.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
317
3. Enter a password to encrypt the exported le.
You need the password to import the le. Leave this blank if you do not want to encrypt the le.
4. Click Export.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
Export and Bulk Registration of Contacts Using Tool
If you use Epson Device Admin, you can back up just the contacts and edit the exported les, then register them all
at once.
It is useful if you want to back up only the contacts or when you replace the printer and you want to transfer the
contacts from the old one to new one.
Exporting Contacts
Save the contacts information to the le.
You c a n e dit les saved in SYLK format or csv format by using a spreadsheet application or text editor. You can
register all at once aer deleting or adding the information.
Information that includes security items such as password and personal information can be saved in binary format
with a password. You cannot edit the le. is can be used as the backup le of the information including the
security items.
1. Start Epson Device Admin.
2. Select Devices on the side bar task menu.
3. Select the device you want to congure from the device list.
4. Click Device Conguration on the Home tab on the ribbon menu.
When the administrator password has been set, enter the password and click OK.
5. Click Common > Contacts.
6. Select the export format from Export > Export items.
❏All Items
Export the encrypted binary le. Select when you want to include the security items such as password and
personal information. You cannot edit the le. If you select it, you have to set the password. Click
Conguration and set a password between 8 and 63 characters long in ASCII. is password is required
when importing the binary le.
❏Items except Security Information
Export the SYLK format or csv format les. Select when you want to edit the information of the exported
le.
7. Click Export.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
318
8. Specify the place to save the le, select the le type, and then click Save.
e completion message is displayed.
9. Click OK.
Check that the le is saved to the specied place.
Importing Contacts
Import the contacts information from the le.
You can import the les saved in SYLK format or csv format or the backed-up binary le that includes the security
items.
1. Start Epson Device Admin.
2. Select Devices on the side bar task menu.
3. Select the device you want to congure from the device list.
4. Click Device Conguration on the Home tab on the ribbon menu.
When the administrator password has been set, enter the password and click OK.
5. Click Common > Contacts.
6. Click Browse on Import.
7. Select the le you want to import and then click Open.
When you select the binary le, in Password enter the password you set when exporting the le.
8. Click Import.
e conrmation screen is displayed.
9. Click OK.
e validation result is displayed.
❏Edit the information read
Click when you want to edit the information individually.
❏Read more le
Click when you want to import multiple les.
10. Click Import, and then click OK on the import completion screen.
Return to the device's property screen.
11. Click Transmit.
12. Click OK on the conrmation message.
e settings are sent to the printer.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
319
13. On the sending completion screen, click OK.
e printer's information is updated.
Open the contacts from Web Cong or printer's control panel, and then check that the contact is updated.
Cooperation between the LDAP Server and Users
When cooperating with the LDAP server, you can use the address information registered to the LDAP server as the
destination of an email.
Conguring the LDAP Server
To use the LDAP server information, register it on the printer.
1. Access the Web Cong and select the Network tab > LDAP Server > Basic.
2. Enter a value for each item.
3. Select OK.
e settings you have selected are displayed.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
LDAP Server Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Use LDAP Server Select Use or Do Not Use.
LDAP Server Address Enter the address of the LDAP server. Enter between 1 and 255 characters of
either IPv4, IPv6, or FQDN format. For the FQDN format, you can use alphanumeric
characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E) and "- " except for the beginning and end of the
address.
LDAP server Port Number Enter the LDAP server port number between 1 and 65535.
Secure Connection Specify the authentication method when the printer accesses the LDAP server.
Certicate Validation When this is enabled, the certicate of the LDAP sever is validated. We
recommend this is set to Enable.
To set up, the CA Certicate needs to be imported to the printer.
Search Timeout (sec) Set the length of time for searching before timeout occurs between 5 and 300.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
320
Items Settings and Explanation
Authentication Method Select one of the methods.
If you select Kerberos Authentication, select Kerberos Settings to make
settings for Kerberos.
To perform Kerberos Authentication, the following environment is required.
❏The printer and the DNS server can communicate.
❏The time of the printer, KDC server, and the server that is required for
authentication (LDAP server, SMTP server, File server) are synchronized.
❏When the service server is assigned as the IP address, the FQDN of the service
server is registered on the DNS server reverse lookup zone.
Kerberos Realm to be Used If you select Kerberos Authentication for Authentication Method, select the
Kerberos realm that you want to use.
Administrator DN / User Name Enter the user name for the LDAP server in 128 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). You cannot use control characters, such as 0x00-0x1F and 0X7F. This
setting is not used when Anonymous Authentication is selected as the
Authentication Method. If you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Password Enter the password for the LDAP server authentication in 128 characters or less in
Unicode (UTF-8). You cannot use control characters, such as 0x00-0x1F and 0X7F.
This setting is not used when Anonymous Authentication is selected as the
Authentication Method. If you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Kerberos Settings
If you select Kerberos Authentication for Authentication Method of LDAP Server > Basic, make the following
Kerberos settings from the Network tab > Kerberos Settings. You can register up to 10 settings for the Kerberos
settings.
Items Settings and Explanation
Realm (Domain) Enter the realm of the Kerberos authentication in 255 characters or less in ASCII
(0x20-0x7E). If you do not register this, leave it blank.
KDC Address Enter the address of the Kerberos authentication server. Enter 255 characters or
less in either IPv4, IPv6 or FQDN format. If you do not register this, leave it blank.
Port Number (Kerberos) Enter the Kerberos server port number between 1 and 65535.
Conguring the LDAP Server Search Settings
When you set up the search settings, you can use the email address registered to the LDAP server.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > LDAP Server > Search Settings.
2. Enter a value for each item.
3. Click OK to display the setting result.
e settings you have selected are displayed.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
321
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
LDAP Server Search Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Search Base (Distinguished Name) If you want to search an arbitrary domain, specify the domain name of the LDAP
server. Enter between 0 and 128 characters in Unicode (UTF-8). If you do not
search for arbitrary attribute, leave this blank.
Example for the local server directory: dc=server,dc=local
Number of search entries Specify the number of search entries between 5 and 500. The specied number of
the search entries is saved and displayed temporarily. Even if the number of the
search entries is over the specied number and an error message appears, the
search can be completed.
User name Attribute Specify the attribute name to display when searching for user names. Enter
between 1 and 255 characters in Unicode (UTF-8). The rst character should be a-z
or A-Z.
Example: cn, uid
User name Display Attribute Specify the attribute name to display as the user name. Enter between 0 and 255
characters in Unicode (UTF-8). The rst character should be a-z or A-Z.
Example: cn, sn
Email Address Attribute Specify the attribute name to display when searching for email addresses. Enter a
combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and -. The rst
character should be a-z or A-Z.
Example: mail
Arbitrary Attribute 1 - Arbitrary
Attribute 4
You can specify other arbitrary attributes to search for. Enter between 0 and 255
characters in Unicode (UTF-8). The rst character should be a-z or A-Z. If you do
not want to search for arbitrary attributes, leave this blank.
Example: o, ou
Checking the LDAP Server Connection
Performs the connection test to the LDAP server by using the parameter set on LDAP Server > Search Settings.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network tab > LDAP Server > Connection Test.
2. Select Start.
e connection test is started. Aer the test, the check report is displayed.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Contacts Available
322
LDAP Server Connection Test References
Messages Explanation
Connection test was successful. This message appears when the connection with the server is successful.
Connection test failed.
Check the settings.
This message appears for the following reasons:
❏The LDAP server address or the port number is incorrect.
❏A timeout has occurred.
❏Do Not Use is selected as the Use LDAP Server.
❏If Kerberos Authentication is selected as the Authentication Method,
settings such as Realm (Domain), KDC Address and Port Number (Kerberos)
are incorrect.
Connection test failed.
Check the date and time on your
product or server.
This message appears when the connection fails because the time settings for the
printer and the LDAP server are mismatched.
Authentication failed.
Check the settings.
This message appears for the following reasons:
❏User Name and/or Password is incorrect.
❏If Kerberos Authentication is selected as the Authentication Method, the
time/date may not be congured.
Cannot access the printer until
processing is complete.
This message appears when the printer is busy.
Preparing to Scan
Scanning using the control panel
e scan to network folder function and the scan to mail function using the printer’s control panel, as well as the
transfer of scan results to mail, folders, etc. are performed by executing a job from the computer.
Settings of Servers and Folders
Name Settings Location Requirement
Scan to Network Folder
(SMB)
Create and set up sharing of
the save folder
A computer that has a save
folder location
The administrative user
account to the computer
that creates save folders.
Destination for Scan to
Network Folder (SMB)
Contacts of the device User name and password
to log on to the
computer that has the
save folder, and the
privilege to update the
save folder.
Scan to Network Folder
(FTP)
Setup for FTP server log on Contacts of the device Logon information for
the FTP server and the
privilege to update the
save folder.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Preparing to Scan
323
Name Settings Location Requirement
Scan to Email Setup for email server Device Setup information for
email server
Scan to Cloud Printer registration to Epson
Connect
Device Internet connection
environment
Contact registration to Epson
Connect
Epson Connect service User and printer
registration to Epson
Connect
Related Information
&“Setting a Shared Network Folder” on page 297
&“Conguring a Mail Server” on page 294
Scanning From a Computer
Install the soware and check that the network scan service is enabled to scan via a network from the computer.
Software to be installed
❏Epson ScanSmart
❏Epson Scan 2 (application required to use the scanner feature)
Conrming that Network Scan is Enabled
You can set the network scan service when you scan from a client computer over the network. e default setting is
enabled.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Scan/Copy tab > Network Scan.
2. Make sure that Enable scanning of EPSON Scan is selected.
If it is selected, this task is completed. Close Web Cong.
If it is cleared, select it and go to next step.
3. Click Next.
4. Click OK.
e network is re-connected, and then the settings are enabled.
Related Information
&“Running Web Cong on a Web Browser” on page 246
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Preparing to Scan
324
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer
Setting the Control Panel
Setup for the printer's control panel. You can set up as follows.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Control Panel.
2. Set up the following items as necessary.
❏Language
Select the displayed language on the control panel.
❏Panel Lock
If you select ON, you cannot select items that require the administrator's authority. To select them, log in to
the printer as the administrator. If the administrator password is not set, the panel lock is disabled.
❏Operation Timeout
If you select ON, when you log in as the access control user or administrator, you are automatically logged
out and go to the initial screen if there is no activity for a certain period of time.
You can set between 10 seconds and 240 minutes by the second.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
❏Language : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Language
❏Panel Lock : Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings > Lock
Setting
❏Operation Timeout : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Operation Time Out (You can specify On or
O.)
3. Click OK.
Power Saving Settings During Inactivity
You can set up the time to shi to the power saving mode or to turn the power o when the printer’s control panel
is not operated for a certain period of time. Set the time depending on your usage environment.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Power Saving.
2. Set up the following items as necessary.
❏Sleep Timer
Enter the time to switch power saving mode when inactivity occurs.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sleep Timer
❏Power O Timer or Power O If Inactive
Select a time to automatically turn o the printer aer it has been inactive for a specic time.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer
325
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power O Timer or Power O Settings
❏Power O If Disconnected
Select this setting to turn o the printer aer 30 minutes automatically when all ports including the USB
port are disconnected.
is feature may not be available depending on your region.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power O Settings >Power O If Disconnected
3. Click OK.
Setting the Sound
Make the sound settings when operating the control panel, printing, and so on.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sounds
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Sound.
2. Set up the following items as necessary.
❏Normal Mode
Set the sound when the printer is set to Normal Mode.
❏Quiet Mode
Set the sound when the printer is set to Quiet Mode.
is is enabled when the following item is enabled.
Printer's control panel:
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Quiet Mode
3. Click OK.
Synchronizing the Date and Time with Time Server
When synchronizing with the time server (NTP server), you can synchronize the time of the printer and the
computer on the network. e time server may be operated within the organization or published on the Internet.
When using the CA certicate or Kerberos authentication, time-related trouble can be prevented by synchronizing
with the time server.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Date and Time > Time Server.
2. Select Use for Use Time Server.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer
326
3. Enter the time server address for Time Server Address.
You can use IPv4, IPv6 or FQDN format. Enter 252 characters or less. If you do not specify this, leave it blank.
4. Enter Update Interval (min).
You can set up to 10,080 minutes by the minute.
5. Click OK.
Note:
You can conrm the connection status with the time server on Time Server Status.
Setting the Default Value for Scanning and Copying (User Default Settings)
You can set the default value for the following functions.
❏Scan to Network Folder/FTP
❏Scan to Email
❏Scan to Memory Device
❏Scan to Cloud
❏Copy
1. Access Web Cong and select the functions for which you want to set the default value for the Scan/Copy tab
> User Default Settings.
2. Set each item.
3. Click OK.
If the combination of the value is invalid, it is automatically modied, and then a valid value is set.
Problems when Making Settings
Hints to Solving Problems
❏Checking the error message
When trouble has occurred, rst check whether there are any messages on the printer's control panel or driver
screen. If you have the notication email set when the events occur, you can promptly learn the status.
❏Network connection report
Diagnose the network and the printer status, and then print the result.
You can nd the diagnosed error from the printer side.
❏Checking the communication status
Check the communication status of server computer or client computer by using the command such as ping
and ipcong.
❏Connection test
For checking the connection between the printer to the mail server, perform the connection test from the
printer. Also, check the connection from the client computer to the server to check the communication status.
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Problems when Making Settings
327
❏Initializing the settings
If the settings and communication status show no problem, the problems may be solved by disabling or
initializing the network settings of the printer, and then setting up again.
Cannot Access Web Cong
The IP address is not assigned to the printer.
A valid IP address may not be assigned to the printer. Congure the IP address using the printer’s
control panel. You can conrm the current setting information with a network status sheet or from
the printer’s control panel.
Web browser does not support the Encryption Strength for SSL/TLS.
SSL/TLS has the Encryption Strength. You can open Web Cong by using a web browser that
supports bulk encryptions as indicated below. Check you are using the a supported browser.
❏80bit: AES256/AES128/3DES
❏112bit: AES256/AES128/3DES
❏128bit: AES256/AES128
❏192bit: AES256
❏256bit: AES256
CA-signed Certicate is expired.
If there is a problem with the expiration date of the certicate, "e certicate has expired" is
displayed when connecting to Web Cong with SSL/TLS communication (https). If the message
appears before its expiration date, make sure that the printer's date is congured correctly.
The common name of the certicate and the printer do not match.
If the common name of the certicate and the printer do not match, the message "e name of the
security certicate does not match···" is displayed when accessing Web Cong using SSL/TLS
communication (https). is happens because the following IP addresses do not match.
❏e printer's IP address entered to common name for creating a Self-signed Certicate or CSR
❏IP address entered to web browser when running Web Cong
For Self-signed Certicate, update the certicate.
For CA-signed Certicate, take the certicate again for the printer.
The proxy server setting of local address is not set to web browser.
When the printer is set to use a proxy server, congure the web browser not to connect to the local
address via the proxy server.
❏Windows:
Select Control Panel > Network and Internet > Internet Options > Connections > LAN settings
> Proxy server, and then congure not to use the proxy server for LAN (local addresses).
Administrator Information
>
Settings to Use the Printer
>
Problems when Making Settings
328
❏Mac OS:
Select System Preferences > Network > Advanced > Proxies, and then register the local address
for Bypass proxy settings for these Hosts & Domains.
Example:
192.168.1.*: Local address 192.168.1.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.255.0
192.168.*.*: Local address 192.168.XXX.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.0.0
Managing the Printer
Introduction of Product Security Features
is section introduces the security function of the Epson Devices.
Feature name Feature type What to set What to prevent
Setup for the
administrator
password
Locks the system settings,
such as connection setup for
network or USB and the user
default settings.
An administrator sets a
password to the device.
You can set or change from
both Web Cong and the
printer's control panel.
Prevent from illegally reading
and changing the
information stored in the
device such as ID, password,
network settings, and
contacts. Also, reduce a wide
range of security risks such as
leakage of information for the
network environment or
security policy.
Setup for access
control
Limits the functions that can
be used on devices, such as
print, scan, and copy for each
user. If you log on with a user
account registered in
advance, you are allowed to
use certain functions.
In addition, after logging on
from the control panel, you
will be logged o
automatically if there is no
activity for a certain period of
time.
Register any user account,
and then select the function
you want to allow, such as
copy and scan.
You can register up to 10 user
accounts.
The risk of leakage and
unauthorized viewing of data
can be reduced by
minimizing the numbers of
functions in accordance with
the business content and the
role of the user.
Setup for external
interface
Controls the interface, such as
USB port that connects to the
device.
Enable or disable the USB
port for connecting external
devices such as USB memory
and USB connection with the
computer.
❏USB port control: Reduces
the possibility of data
being taken through
unauthorized scanning of
condential documents.
❏USB connection of
computer: Prevents
unauthorized use of the
device by prohibiting
printing or scanning
without going through
the network.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Introduction of Product Security Features
329
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Conguring the Administrator Password” on page 330
&“Restricting Available Features” on page 338
&“Disabling the External Interface” on page 340
Administrator Settings
Conguring the Administrator Password
When you set the administrator password, you can prevent the users from changing system management settings.
You can set and change the administrator password using either Web Cong, the printer's control panel, or Epson
Device Admin. When using Epson Device Admin, see the Epson Device Admin guide or help.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Soware for Managing Devices on the Network (Epson Device Admin)” on page 248
Conguring the Administrator Password from the Control Panel
You can set the administrator password from the printer's control panel.
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings.
3. Select Admin Password > Register.
4. Enter the new password.
5. Enter the password again.
Note:
You can change or delete the administrator password when you select Change or Restore Default Settings on the Admin
Password screen and enter the administrator password.
Conguring the Administrator Password from a Computer
You can set the administrator password using Web Cong.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Product Security tab > Change Administrator Password.
2. Enter a password to New Password and Conrm New Password. Enter the user name, if necessary.
If you want to change the password to new one, enter a current password.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
330
3. Select OK.
Note:
❏To set or change the locked menu items, click Administrator Login, and then enter the administrator password.
❏To delete the administrator password, click Product Security tab > Delete Administrator Password, and then enter
the administrator password.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Controlling the Panel Operation
If you set the administrator password and enable the Lock Setting, you can lock the items related to the printer’s
system settings so that users cannot change them.
Enabling the Lock Setting
Enable the Lock Setting for the printer where the password is set.
Specify an administrator's password rst.
Enabling the Lock Setting from the Control Panel
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings.
3. Select On on Lock Setting.
Check that is displayed on the home screen.
Enabling the Lock Setting from a Computer
1. Access Web Cong and click the Administrator Login.
2. Enter the user name and password, and then click OK.
3. Select the Device Management tab > Control Panel.
4. On the Panel Lock, select ON.
5. Click OK.
6. Check that is displayed on the home screen on the printer's control panel.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
331
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu
is is a list of the Lock Setting items in Settings > General Settings on the control panel.
Some functions can be set enabled or disabled individually.
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Basic Settings -
LCD Brightness -
Sounds -
Sleep Timer ✓
Wake from Sleep -
Power O Timer or Power O Settings ✓
Date/Time Settings ✓
Language ✓
*1
Start-up Screen ✓
Edit Home ✓
Wall Paper ✓
Operation Time Out ✓
Keyboard -
Default Screen(Job/Status) ✓
Original Size Auto Detection Option -
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Printer Settings -
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
332
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Paper Source Settings -
Printing Language ✓
Universal Print Settings ✓
PDL Print Conguration ✓
Auto Error Solver ✓
Memory Device Interface ✓
Thick Paper ✓
*1
Quiet Mode ✓
*1
Ink Drying Time -
Bidirectional -
Output Tray Auto Extension -
PC Connection via USB ✓
USB I/F Timeout Setting ✓
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Network Settings ✓
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
333
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Wi-Fi Setup ✓
Wired LAN Setup ✓
Network Status ✓
Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status ✓
*2
Wi-Fi Direct Status ✓
*2
Email Server Status ✓
*2
Print Status Sheet ✓
*2
Connection Check ✓
*3
Advanced ✓
Device Name ✓
TCP/IP ✓
Proxy Server ✓
Email Server ✓
IPv6 Address ✓
MS Network Sharing ✓
Link Speed & Duplex ✓
Redirect HTTP to HTTPS ✓
Disable IPsec/IP Filtering ✓
Disable IEEE802.1X ✓
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Web Service Settings ✓
Epson Connect Services ✓
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Scan Settings ✓
Conrm Recipient ✓
Email Server ✓
General Settings menu Panel Lock
System Administration ✓
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
334
General Settings menu Panel Lock
Contacts Manager ✓
Register/Delete ✓
*1*4
Frequent ✓
*4
Print Contacts ✓
View Options ✓
*4
Search Options ✓
*4
Clear Internal Memory Data ✓
Security Settings ✓
Restrictions ✓
Access Control ✓
Admin Settings ✓
Admin Password ✓
Lock Setting ✓
Password Encryption ✓
Customer Research ✓
Restore Default Settings ✓
Firmware Update ✓
✓ = To be locked.
- = Not to be locked.
*1 : You can enable or disable the lock from General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Restrictions.
*2 : Even though items on the upper level can be locked by administrator lock, you can still access them from the same name
menu of Settings > Printer Status/Print.
*3 : Even though items on the upper level can be locked by administrator lock, you can still access them from Home >
> Description > When you cannot connect to the network.
*4 : Even though items on the upper level can be locked by administrator lock, you can still access them from the same name
menu of Settings > Contacts Manager.
Related Information
&“Other Lock Setting Items” on page 335
&“Items at Can Be Set Individually” on page 336
Other Lock Setting Items
Besides the General Settings menu, Lock Setting would be enabled to the items below.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
335
❏Presets
❏Add New
❏Delete
❏Rename
❏Add or remove to Home screen
❏Changing user settings
❏Settings > User Settings.
Related Information
&“Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu” on page 332
&“Items at Can Be Set Individually” on page 336
Operating Display and Function Setting Individually
For the some target items of the Lock Setting, you can individually set whether they are enabled or disabled.
You can set each user’s availability as necessary, such as registering or changing the contacts, displaying job history,
etc.
1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.
2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Restrictions.
3. Select the item for the function that you want to change the setting of, and then set to On or O.
Items That Can Be Set Individually
e administrator can permit the items below to display and change settings individually.
❏Job Log Access : Job/Status > Log
Control the display of the status monitor's job history. Select On to permit the job history to display.
❏Access to Register/Delete Contacts : Settings > Contacts Manager > Register/Delete
Control the registering and changing of contacts. Select On to register or change the contacts.
❏Access to Print Save History of Scan to Network Folder/FTP : Scan > Network Folder/FTP > Menu > Print
Save History
Control the printing of save history for scan to network folder function. Select On to permit the printing.
❏Access to Recent of Scan to Email : Scan > Email > Recipient > History
Control the display of the history for the scan to mail function. Select On to display the history.
❏Access to Show Sent History of Scan to Email : Scan > Email > Menu > Show Sent History
Control the display of the history of email sending for the scan to mail function. Select On to display the history
of email sending.
❏Access to Print Sent History of Scan to Email : Scan > Email > Menu > Print Sent History
Control the printing of the history of email sending for the scan to mail function. Select On to permit the
printing.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
336
❏Access to Language : Settings > Language
Control the changing of the language displayed on the control panel. Select On to change the languages.
❏Access to ick Paper : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > ick Paper
Control the changing of the settings of the ick Paper function. Select On to change the settings.
❏Access to Quiet Mode : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Quiet Mode
Control the changing of settings of the Quiet Mode function. Select On to change the settings.
❏Protection of Personal Data :
Control the display of the destination information on speed dial registration. Select On to display the
destination as (***).
Related Information
&“Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu” on page 332
&“Other Lock Setting Items” on page 335
Logging on to the Printer as an Administrator
If the administrator password is set to the printer, you need to log on as an administrator to operate the locked
menu items.
Logging on the Printer Using the Control Panel
1. Tap .
2. Tap Administrator.
3. Enter the administrator password, and then tap OK.
is displayed when being authenticated, then you can operate the locked menu items.
Tap to log o.
Note:
When you select On for Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Operation Time Out, you log o automatically
aer a specic length of time if there is no activity on the control panel.
Logging on to the Printer from a Computer
When you log in to Web Cong as an administrator, you can operate items that are set in the Lock Setting.
1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to run Web Cong.
2. Click Administrator Login.
3. Enter the user name and administrator password in User Name and Current password.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Administrator Settings
337
4. Click OK.
e locked items and Administrator Logout are displayed when being authenticated.
Click Administrator Logout to log o.
Note:
When you select ON for the Device Management tab > Control Panel > Operation Timeout, you log o automatically
aer a specic length of time if there is no activity on the control panel.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Restricting Available Features
You can register user accounts on the printer, link them with functions, and control functions that users can use.
When enabling access control, the user can use functions such as copy, etc. by entering the password on the
printer’s control panel and logging in to the printer.
e unavailable functions will be grayed out and cannot be selected.
From the computer, when you register the authentication information to the printer driver or scanner driver, you
will be able to print or scan. For details of the driver settings, see the driver's help or manual.
Creating the User Account
Create the user account for access control.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.
2. Click Add for the number you want to register.
c
Important:
When using the printer with the authentication system of Epson or other companies, register the user name of
the restriction setting in number 2 to number 10.
Application soware such as the authentication system uses number one, so that the user name is not displayed
on the printer's control panel.
3. Set each item.
❏User Name :
Enter the name displayed on the user name list between 1 and 14 characters long using alphanumeric
characters.
❏Password :
Enter a password between 0 and 20 characters long in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). When initializing the password,
leave it blank.
❏Select the check box to enable or disable each function.
Select the function that you permit to use.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Restricting Available Features
338
4. Click Apply.
Return to the user setting list aer a specic length of time.
Check that the user name you registered on User Name is displayed and changed Add to Edit.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Editing the User Account
Edit the account registered to access control.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.
2. Click Edit for the number you want to edit.
3. Change each item.
4. Click Apply.
Return to the user setting list aer a specic length of time.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Deleting the User Account
Delete the account registered to access control.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.
2. Click Edit for the number you want to delete.
3. Click Delete.
c
Important:
When clicking Delete, the user account will be deleted without a conrmation message. Take care when
deleting the account.
Return to the user setting list aer a specic length of time.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Enabling Access Control
When enabling access control, only the registered user will be able to use the printer.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Restricting Available Features
339
1. Access Web Cong and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > Basic.
2. Select Enables Access Control.
If you select Allows printing and scanning without authentication information, you can print or scan from
the drivers that are not set with the authentication information. Set it when you want to control the operation
only from the printer's control panel and to permit printing and scanning from the computers.
3. Click OK.
e completion message is displayed aer a certain period of time.
Conrm that the icons such as copy and scan are grayed out on the printer's control panel.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Disabling the External Interface
You can disable the interface that is used to connect the device to the printer. Make the restriction settings to
restrict printing and scanning other than via network.
Note:
You can also make the restriction settings on the printer's control panel.
❏Memory Device : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Memory Device Interface > Memory Device
❏PC Connection via USB : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > PC Connection via USB
1. Access Web Cong and select the Product Security tab > External Interface.
2. Select Disable on the functions you want to set.
Select Enable when you want to cancel controlling.
❏Memory Device
Prohibit saving the data to external memory via USB port for external device connection.
❏PC Connection via USB
You can restrict the usage of the USB connection from the computer. If you want to restrict it, select
Disable.
3. Click OK.
4. Check that the disabled port cannot be used.
❏Memory Device
Conrm that there is no response when connecting a storage device such as USB memory to the external
interface USB port.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Disabling the External Interface
340
❏PC Connection via USB
If the driver was installed on the computer
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then conrm that the printer does not print
and scan.
If the driver was not installed on the computer
Windows:
Open the device manager and keep it, connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then
conrm that the device manager's display contents stays unchanged.
Mac OS:
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then conrm that the printer is not listed if you
want to add the printer from Printers & Scanners.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Monitoring a Remote Printer
Checking Information for a Remote Printer
You can check the following information of the operating printer from Status by using Web Cong.
❏Product Status
Check the status, cloud service, product number, MAC address, etc.
❏Network Status
Check the information of the network connection status, IP address, DNS server, etc.
❏Usage Status
Check the rst day of printings, printed pages, printing count for each language, scanning count, etc.
❏Hardware Status
Check the status of each function of the printer.
❏Job History
Check the job log for print jobs, transmission jobs, and so on.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Receiving Email Notications When Events Occur
About Email Notications
is is the notication function that, when events such as printing stop and printer error occur, send the email to
the specied address.
You can register up to ve destinations and set the notication settings for each destination.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Monitoring a Remote Printer
341
To use this function, you need to set up the mail server before setting up notications.
Related Information
&“Conguring a Mail Server” on page 294
Conguring Email Notication
Congure email notication by using Web Cong.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Device Management tab > Email Notication.
2. Set the subject of email notication.
Select the contents displayed on the subject from the two pull-down menus.
❏e selected contents are displayed next to Subject.
❏e same contents cannot be set on le and right.
❏When the number of characters in Location exceeds 32 bytes, characters exceeding 32 bytes are omitted.
3. Enter the email address for sending the notication email.
Use A-Z a-z 0-9 ! # $ % & ' * + - . /= ? ^ _ { | } ~ @, and enter between 1 and 255 characters.
4. Select the language for the email notications.
5. Select the check box on the event for which you want to receive a notication.
e number of Notication Settings is linked to the destination number of Email Address Settings.
Example :
If you want a notication sent to the email address set for number 1 in Email Address Settings when the
printer is out of paper, select the check box column 1 in line Paper out.
6. Click OK.
Conrm that an email notication will be sent by causing an event.
Example : Print by specifying the Paper Source where paper is not set.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Conguring a Mail Server” on page 294
Items for Email Notication
Items Settings and Explanation
Reset Ink Level Notice when the ink is expended.
Ink low Notice when the ink is nearing expended.
Maintenance box: end of service life Notice when the maintenance box is full.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Monitoring a Remote Printer
342
Items Settings and Explanation
Maintenance box: nearing end Notice when the maintenance box is nearing full.
Administrator password changed Notice when administrator password has been changed.
Paper out Notice when the paper-out error has occurred in the specied paper source..
Printing stopped* Notice when an error occurs, such as paper jam, paper cassette unset, or
mismatch of paper size or type.
Printer error Notice when the printer error has occurred.
Scanner error Notice when the scanner error has occurred.
Wi-Fi failure Notice when the error of the wireless LAN interface has occurred.
Built-in SD card failure Notice when the error of the built-in SD card has occurred.
PDL board failure Notice when the error of the PDL substrate has occurred.
Related Information
&“Conguring Email Notication” on page 342
Backing Up the Settings
You can export the setting value set from Web Cong to the le. You can use it for backing up the contacts, setting
values, replacing the printer, etc.
e exported le cannot be edited because it is exported as a binary le.
Export the settings
Export the setting for the printer.
1. Access Web Cong, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >
Export.
2. Select the settings that you want to export.
Select the settings you want to export. If you select the parent category, subcategories are also selected.
However, subcategories that cause errors by duplicating within the same network (such as IP addresses and so
on) cannot be selected.
3. Enter a password to encrypt the exported le.
You need the password to import the le. Leave this blank if you do not want to encrypt the le.
Administrator Information
>
Managing the Printer
>
Backing Up the Settings
343
4. Click Export.
c
Important:
If you want to export the printer’s network settings such as the device name and IPv6 address, select Enable to
select the individual settings of device and select more items. Only use the selected values for the replacement
printer.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Import the settings
Import the exported Web Cong le to the printer.
c
Important:
When importing values that include individual information such as a printer name or IP address, make sure the
same IP address does not exist on the same network.
1. Access Web Cong, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >
Import.
2. Select the exported le, and then enter the encrypted password.
3. Click Next.
4. Select the settings that you want to import, and then click Next.
5. Click OK.
e settings are applied to the printer.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Advanced Security Settings
is section explains advanced security features.
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger
When a printer is connected to a network, you can access it from a remote location. In addition, many people can
share the printer, which is helpful in improving operational eciency and convenience. However, risks such as
illegal access, illegal use, and tampering with data are increased. If you use the printer in an environment where
you can access the Internet, the risks are even higher.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger
344
For printers that do not have access protection from the outside, it will be possible to read the print job logs that
are stored in the printer from the Internet.
In order to avoid this risk, Epson printers have a variety of security technologies.
Set the printer as necessary according to the environmental conditions that have been built with the customer's
environment information.
Name Feature type What to set What to prevent
Control of protocol Controls the protocols and
services to be used for
communication between
printers and computers, and
it enables and disables
features.
A protocol or service that is
applied to features allowed or
prohibited separately.
Reducing security risks that
may occur through
unintended use by
preventing users from using
unnecessary functions.
SSL/TLS
communications
The communication content
is encrypted with SSL/TLS
communications when
accessing to the Epson server
on the Internet from the
printer, such as
communicating to the
computer via web browser,
using Epson Connect, and
updating rmware.
Obtain a CA-signed
certicate, and then import it
to the printer.
Clearing an identication of
the printer by the CA-signed
certication prevents
impersonation and
unauthorized access. In
addition, communication
contents of SSL/TLS are
protected, and it prevents the
leakage of contents for
printing data and setup
information.
IPsec/IP ltering You can set to allow severing
and cutting o of data that is
from a certain client or is a
particular type. Since IPsec
protects the data by IP packet
unit (encryption and
authentication), you can
safely communicate
unsecured protocol.
Create a basic policy and
individual policy to set the
client or type of data that can
access the printer.
Protect unauthorized access,
and tampering and
interception of
communication data to the
printer.
IEEE802.1X Only allows authenticated
users to connect to the
network. Allows only a
permitted user to use the
printer.
Authentication setting to the
RADIUS server
(authentication sever).
Protect unauthorized access
and use to the printer.
Related Information
&“Controlling Using Protocols” on page 346
&“SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer” on page 355
&“Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 357
&“Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network” on page 368
Security Feature Settings
When setting IPsec/IP ltering or IEEE802.1X, it is recommended that you access Web Cong using SSL/TLS to
communicate settings information in order to reduce security risks such as tampering or interception.
Make sure you congure the administrator password before setting IPsec/IP ltering or IEEE802.1X.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger
345
Also, you can use Web Cong by connecting the printer directly to the computer using an Ethernet cable, and then
entering the IP address into a web browser. e printer can be connected in a secure environment aer the security
settings have been completed.
Controlling Using Protocols
You can print using a variety of pathways and protocols.
If you are using a multi-function printer, you can use network scanning from an unspecied number of network
computers.
You can lower unintended security risks by restricting printing from specic pathways or by controlling the
available functions.
Controlling protocols
Congure the protocol settings.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > Protocol.
2. Congure each item.
3. Click Next.
4. Click OK.
e settings are applied to the printer.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Protocols you can Enable or Disable” on page 346
&“Protocol Setting Items” on page 347
Protocols you can Enable or Disable
Protocol Description
Bonjour Settings You can specify whether to use Bonjour. Bonjour is used to search for devices, print, and so
on.
SLP Settings You can enable or disable the SLP function. SLP is used for push scanning and network
searching in EpsonNet Cong.
WSD Settings You can enable or disable the WSD function. When this is enabled, you can add WSD devices,
and print from the WSD port.
LLTD Settings You can enable or disable the LLTD function. When this is enabled, it is displayed on the
Windows network map.
LLMNR Settings You can enable or disable the LLMNR function. When this is enabled, you can use name
resolution without NetBIOS even if you cannot use DNS.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Controlling Using Protocols
346
Protocol Description
LPR Settings You can specify whether or not to allow LPR printing. When this is enabled, you can print from
the LPR port.
RAW(Port9100) Settings You can specify whether or not to allow printing from the RAW port (Port 9100). When this is
enabled, you can print from the RAW port (Port 9100).
IPP Settings You can specify whether or not to allow printing from IPP. When this is enabled, you can print
over the Internet.
SNMPv1/v2c Settings You can specify whether or not to enable SNMPv1/v2c. This is used to set up devices,
monitoring, and so on.
SNMPv3 Settings You can specify whether or not to enable SNMPv3. This is used to set up encrypted devices,
monitoring, etc.
Related Information
&“Controlling protocols” on page 346
&“Protocol Setting Items” on page 347
Protocol Setting Items
Bonjour Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Use Bonjour Select this to search for or use devices through Bonjour.
Bonjour Name Displays the Bonjour name.
Bonjour Service Name Displays the Bonjour service name.
Location Displays the Bonjour location name.
Top Priority Protocol Select the top priority protocol for Bonjour print.
SLP Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable SLP Select this to enable the SLP function.
This is used such as network searching in EpsonNet Cong.
WSD Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable WSD Select this to enable adding devices using WSD, and print
and scan from the WSD port.
Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the communication timeout value for WSD printing
between 3 to 3,600 seconds.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Controlling Using Protocols
347
Items Setting value and Description
Scanning Timeout (sec) Enter the communication timeout value for WSD scanning
between 3 to 3,600 seconds.
Device Name Displays the WSD device name.
Location Displays the WSD location name.
LLTD Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable LLTD Select this to enable LLTD. The printer is displayed in the
Windows network map.
Device Name Displays the LLTD device name.
LLMNR Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable LLMNR Select this to enable LLMNR. You can use name resolution
without NetBIOS even if you cannot use DNS.
LPR Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Allow LPR Port Printing Select to allow printing from the LPR port.
Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for LPR printing between 0 to 3,600
seconds. If you do not want to timeout, enter 0.
RAW(Port9100) Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Allow RAW(Port9100) Printing Select to allow printing from the RAW port (Port 9100).
Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for RAW (Port 9100) printing be-
tween 0 to 3,600 seconds. If you do not want to timeout, en-
ter 0.
IPP Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable IPP Select to enable IPP communication. Only printers that sup-
port IPP are displayed.
Allow Non-secure Communication Select Allowed to allow the printer to communicate without
any security measures (IPP).
Communication Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for IPP printing between 0 to 3,600
seconds.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Controlling Using Protocols
348
Items Setting value and Description
Require PIN Code when using IPP printing Select whether or not to require a PIN code when using IPP
printing. If you select Yes , IPP print jobs without PIN codes
are not saved in the printer.
URL(Network) Displays IPP URLs (http and https) when the printer is con-
nected to the network. The URL is a combined value of the
printer’s IP address, Port number, and IPP printer name.
URL(Wi-Fi Direct) Displays IPP URLs (http and https) when the printer is con-
nected by Wi-Fi Direct. The URL is a combined value of the
printer’s IP address, Port number, and IPP printer name.
Printer Name Displays the IPP printer name.
Location Displays the IPP location.
SNMPv1/v2c Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable SNMPv1/v2c Select to enable SNMPv1/v2c.
Access Authority Set the access authority when SNMPv1/v2c is enabled. Se-
lect Read Only or Read/Write.
Community Name (Read Only) Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Community Name (Read/Write) Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
SNMPv3 Settings
Items Setting value and Description
Enable SNMPv3 SNMPv3 is enabled when the box is checked.
User Name Enter between 1 and 32 characters using 1 byte characters.
Authentication Settings
Algorithm Select an algorithm for an authentication for SNMPv3.
Password Enter the password for an authentication for SNMPv3.
Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Conrm Password Enter the password you congured for conrmation.
Encryption Settings
Algorithm Select an algorithm for an encryption for SNMPv3.
Password Enter the password for an encryption for SNMPv3.
Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.
Conrm Password Enter the password you congured for conrmation.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Controlling Using Protocols
349
Items Setting value and Description
Context Name Enter within 32 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8). If you
do not specify this, leave it blank. The number of characters
that can be entered varies depending on the language.
Related Information
&“Controlling protocols” on page 346
&“Protocols you can Enable or Disable” on page 346
Using a Digital Certicate
About Digital Certication
❏CA-signed Certicate
is is a certicate signed by the CA (Certicate Authority.) You can obtain it to apply to the Certicate
Authority. is certicate certies the existence of the printer is and used for SSL/TLS communication so that
you can ensure the safety of data communication.
When it is used for SSL/TLS communication, it is used as a server certicate.
When it is set to IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1x communication, it is used as a client certicate.
❏CA Certicate
is is a certicate that is in chain of the CA-signed Certicate, also called the intermediate CA certicate. It is
used by the web browser to validate the path of the printer's certicate when accessing the server of the other
party or Web Cong.
For the CA Certicate, set when to validate the path of server certicate accessing from the printer. For the
printer, set to certify the path of the CA-signed Certicate for SSL/TLS connection.
You can obtain the CA certicate of the printer from the Certication Authority where the CA certicate is
issued.
Also, you can obtain the CA certicate used to validate the server of the other party from the Certication
Authority that issued the CA-signed Certicate of the other server.
❏Self-signed Certicate
is is a certicate that the printer signs and issues itself. It is also called the root certicate. Because the issuer
certies itself, it is not reliable and cannot prevent impersonation.
Use it when making the security setting and performing simple SSL/TLS communication without the CA-
signed Certicate.
If you use this certicate for an SSL/TLS communication, a security alert may be displayed on a web browser
because the certicate is not registered on a web browser. You can use the Self-signed Certicate only for an
SSL/TLS communication.
Related Information
&“Conguring a CA-signed Certicate” on page 351
&“Updating a Self-signed Certicate” on page 354
&“Conguring a CA Certicate” on page 355
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
350
Conguring a CA-signed Certicate
Obtaining a CA-signed Certicate
To obtain a CA-signed certicate, create a CSR (Certicate Signing Request) and apply it to certicate authority.
You can create a CSR using Web Cong and a computer.
Follow the steps to create a CSR and obtain a CA-signed certicate using Web Cong. When creating a CSR using
Web Cong, a certicate is the PEM/DER format.
1. Access Web Cong, and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certicate or IPsec/IP
Filtering > Client Certicate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certicate.
Whatever you choose, you can obtain the same certicate and use it in common.
2. Click Generate of CSR.
A CSR creating page is opened.
3. Enter a value for each item.
Note:
Available key length and abbreviations vary by a certicate authority. Create a request according to rules of each
certicate authority.
4. Click OK.
A completion message is displayed.
5. Select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certicate, or IPsec/IP Filtering > Client
Certicate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certicate.
6. Click one of the download buttons of CSR according to a specied format by each certicate authority to
download a CSR to a computer.
c
Important:
Do not generate a CSR again. If you do so, you may not be able to import an issued CA-signed Certicate.
7. Send the CSR to a certicate authority and obtain a CA-signed Certicate.
Follow the rules of each certicate authority on sending method and form.
8. Save the issued CA-signed Certicate to a computer connected to the printer.
Obtaining a CA-signed Certicate is complete when you save a certicate to a destination.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
351
CSR Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Key Length Select a key length for a CSR.
Common Name You can enter between 1 and 128 characters. If this is an IP address, it should be a
static IP address. You can enter 1 to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names,
FQDNs by separating them with commas.
The rst element is stored to the common name, and other elements are stored to
the alias eld of the certicate subject.
Example:
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3
Common Name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123
Organization/ Organizational Unit/
Locality/ State/Province
You can enter between 0 and 64 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). You can divide
distinguished names with commas.
Country Enter a country code in two-digit number specied by ISO-3166.
Sender's Email Address You can enter the sender's email address for the mail server setting. Enter the
same email address as the Sender's Email Address for the Network tab > Email
Server > Basic.
Related Information
&“Obtaining a CA-signed Certicate” on page 351
Importing a CA-signed Certicate
Import the obtained CA-signed Certicate to the printer.
c
Important:
❏Make sure that the printer’s date and time is set correctly. Certicate may be invalid.
❏If you obtain a certicate using a CSR created from Web Cong, you can import a certicate one time.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certicate, or IPsec/IP
Filtering > Client Certicate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certicate.
2. Click Import
A certicate importing page is opened.
3. Enter a value for each item. Set CA Certicate 1 and CA Certicate 2 when verifying the path of the
certicate on the web browser that accesses the printer.
Depending on where you create a CSR and the le format of the certicate, required settings may vary. Enter
values to required items according to the following.
❏A certicate of the PEM/DER format obtained from Web Cong
❏Private Key: Do not congure because the printer contains a private key.
❏Password: Do not congure.
❏CA Certicate 1/CA Certicate 2: Optional
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
352
❏A certicate of the PEM/DER format obtained from a computer
❏Private Key: You need to set.
❏Password: Do not congure.
❏CA Certicate 1/CA Certicate 2: Optional
❏A certicate of the PKCS#12 format obtained from a computer
❏Private Key: Do not congure.
❏Password: Optional
❏CA Certicate 1/CA Certicate 2: Do not congure.
4. Click OK.
A completion message is displayed.
Note:
Click Conrm to verify the certicate information.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
CA-signed Certicate Importing Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Server Certicate or Client Certicate Select a certicate’s format.
For SSL/TLS connection, the Server Certicate is displayed.
For IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1x, the Client Certicate is displayed.
Private Key If you obtain a certicate of the PEM/DER format by using a CSR created from a
computer, specify a private key le that is match a certicate.
Password If the le format is Certicate with Private Key (PKCS#12), enter the password
for encrypting the private key that is set when you obtain the certicate.
CA Certicate 1 If your certicate’s format is Certicate (PEM/DER), import a certicate of a
certicate authority that issues a CA-signed Certicate used as server certicate.
Specify a le if you need.
CA Certicate 2 If your certicate’s format is Certicate (PEM/DER), import a certicate of a
certicate authority that issues CA Certicate 1. Specify a le if you need.
Related Information
&“Importing a CA-signed Certicate” on page 352
Deleting a CA-signed Certicate
You c a n d e l e t e an imp or te d certicate when the certicate has expired or when an encrypted connection is no
longer necessary.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
353
c
Important:
If you obtain a certicate using a CSR created from Web Cong, you cannot import a deleted certicate again. In
this case, create a CSR and obtain a certicate again.
1. Access Web Cong, and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certicate or IPsec/IP
Filtering > Client Certicate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certicate.
2. Click Delete.
3. Conrm that you want to delete the certicate in the message displayed.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Updating a Self-signed Certicate
Because the Self-signed Certicate is issued by the printer, you can update it when it has expired or when the
content described changes.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate.
2. Click Update.
3. Enter Common Name.
You can enter up to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names, FQDNs between 1 to 128 characters and
separating them with commas. e rst parameter is stored to the common name, and the others are stored to
the alias eld for the subject of the certicate.
Example:
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3
Common name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123
4. Specify a validity period for the certicate.
5. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
6. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Note:
You can check the certicate information from Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate > Self-signed Certicate
and click Conrm.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using a Digital Certicate
354
Conguring a CA Certicate
When you set the CA Certicate, you can validate the path to the CA certicate of the server that the printer
accesses. is can prevent impersonation.
You can obtain the CA Certicate from the Certication Authority where the CA-signed Certicate is issued.
Importing a CA Certicate
Import the CA Certicate to the printer.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > CA Certicate.
2. Click Import.
3. Specify the CA Certicate you want to import.
4. Click OK.
When importing is complete, you are returned to the CA Certicate screen, and the imported CA Certicate is
displayed.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Deleting a CA Certicate
You can delete the imported CA Certicate.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > CA Certicate.
2. Click Delete next to the CA Certicate that you want to delete.
3. Conrm that you want to delete the certicate in the message displayed.
4. Click Reboot Network, and then check that the deleted CA Certicate is not listed on the updated screen.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer
When the server certicate is set using SSL/TLS (Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security) communication
to the printer, you can encrypt the communication path between computers. Do this if you want to prevent remote
and unauthorized access.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer
355
Conguring Basic SSL/TLS Settings
If the printer supports the HTTPS server feature, you can use an SSL/TLS communication to encrypt
communications. You can congure and manage the printer using Web Cong while ensuring security.
Congure encryption strength and redirect feature.
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Basic.
2. Select a value for each item.
❏Encryption Strength
Select the level of encryption strength.
❏Redirect HTTP to HTTPS
Redirect to HTTPS when HTTP is accessed.
3. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
4. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Conguring a Server Certicate for the Printer
1. Access Web Cong and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certicate.
2. Specify a certicate to use on Server Certicate.
❏Self-signed Certicate
A self-signed certicate has been generated by the printer. If you do not obtain a CA-signed certicate,
select this.
❏CA-signed Certicate
If you obtain and import a CA-signed certicate in advance, you can specify this.
3. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
4. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Conguring a CA-signed Certicate” on page 351
&“Updating a Self-signed Certicate” on page 354
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer
356
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
About IPsec/IP Filtering
You c a n lter trac based on IP addresses, services, and port by using IPsec/IP Filtering function. By combining of
the ltering, you can congure the printer to accept or block specied clients and specied data. Additionally, you
can improve security level by using an IPsec.
Note:
Computers that run Windows Vista or later or Windows Server 2008 or later support IPsec.
Conguring Default Policy
To lter trac, congure the default policy. e default policy applies to every user or group connecting to the
printer. For more ne-grained control over users and groups of users, congure group policies.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic.
2. Enter a value for each item.
3. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
4. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Default Policy Setting Items
Default Policy
Items Settings and Explanation
IPsec/IP Filtering You can enable or disable an IPsec/IP Filtering feature.
❏Access Control
Congure a control method for trac of IP packets.
Items Settings and Explanation
Permit Access Select this to permit congured IP packets to pass through.
Refuse Access Select this to refuse congured IP packets to pass through.
IPsec Select this to permit congured IPsec packets to pass through.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
357
❏IKE Version
Select IKEv1 or IKEv2 for IKE Version. Select one of them according to the device that the printer is connected
to.
❏IKEv1
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv1 for IKE Version.
Items Settings and Explanation
Authentication Method To select Certicate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certicate in advance.
Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared key
between 1 and 127 characters.
Conrm Pre-Shared Key Enter the key you congured for conrmation.
❏IKEv2
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv2 for IKE Version.
Items Settings and Explanation
Local Authentication Method To select Certicate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certicate in
advance.
ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the printer.
ID Enter the printer's ID that matches the type of ID.
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the rst character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.
Conrm Pre-Shared
Key
Enter the key you congured for conrmation.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
358
Items Settings and Explanation
Remote Authentication Method To select Certicate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certicate in
advance.
ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the device that you want to authenticate.
ID Enter the printer's ID that matches to the type of ID.
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the rst character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.
Conrm Pre-Shared
Key
Enter the key you congured for conrmation.
❏Encapsulation
If you select IPsec for Access Control, you need to congure an encapsulation mode.
Items Settings and Explanation
Transport Mode If you only use the printer on the same LAN, select this. IP packets of layer 4 or later are
encrypted.
Tunnel Mode If you use the printer on the Internet-capable network such as IPsec-VPN, select this
option. The header and data of the IP packets are encrypted.
Remote Gateway(Tunnel Mode): If you select Tunnel Mode for Encapsulation, enter a
gateway address between 1 and 39 characters.
❏Security Protocol
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option.
Items Settings and Explanation
ESP Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data, and encrypt data.
AH Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data. Even if encrypting data is
prohibited, you can use IPsec.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
359
❏Algorithm Settings
It is recommended that you select Any for all settings or select an item other than Any for each setting. If you
select Any for some of the settings and select an item other than Any for the other settings, the device may not
communicate depending on the other device that you want to authenticate.
Items Settings and Explanation
IKE Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for IKE.
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.
Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for IKE.
Key Exchange Select the key exchange algorithm for IKE.
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.
ESP Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for ESP.
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.
Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for ESP.
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.
AH Authentication Select the encryption algorithm for AH.
This is available when AH is selected for Security Protocol.
Related Information
&“Conguring Default Policy” on page 357
Conguring Group Policy
A group policy is one or more rules applied to a user or user group. e printer controls IP packets that match with
congured policies. IP packets are authenticated in the order of a group policy 1 to 10 then a default policy.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic.
2. Click a numbered tab you want to congure.
3. Enter a value for each item.
4. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
5. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
360
Group Policy Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
Enable this Group Policy You can enable or disable a group policy.
Access Control
Congure a control method for trac of IP packets.
Items Settings and Explanation
Permit Access Select this to permit congured IP packets to pass through.
Refuse Access Select this to refuse congured IP packets to pass through.
IPsec Select this to permit congured IPsec packets to pass through.
Local Address(Printer)
Select an IPv4 address or IPv6 address that matches your network environment. If an IP address is assigned
automatically, you can select Use auto-obtained IPv4 address.
Note:
If an IPv6 address is assigned automatically, the connection may be unavailable. Congure a static IPv6 address.
Remote Address(Host)
Enter a device's IP address to control access. e IP address must be 43 characters or less. If you do not enter an IP
address, all addresses are controlled.
Note:
If an IP address is assigned automatically (e.g. assigned by DHCP), the connection may be unavailable. Congure a static IP
address.
Method of Choosing Port
Select a method to specify ports.
❏Service Name
If you select Service Name for Method of Choosing Port, select an option.
❏Transport Protocol
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port, you need to congure an encapsulation mode.
Items Settings and Explanation
Any Protocol Select this to control all protocol types.
TCP Select this to control data for unicast.
UDP Select this to control data for broadcast and multicast.
ICMPv4 Select this to control ping command.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
361
❏Local Port
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port and if you select TCP or UDP for Transport
Protocol, enter port numbers to control receiving packets, separating them with commas. You can enter 10 port
numbers at the maximum.
Example: 20,80,119,5220
If you do not enter a port number, all ports are controlled.
❏Remote Port
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port and if you select TCP or UDP for Transport
Protocol, enter port numbers to control sending packets, separating them with commas. You can enter 10 port
numbers at the maximum.
Example: 25,80,143,5220
If you do not enter a port number, all ports are controlled.
IKE Version
Select IKEv1 or IKEv2 for IKE Version. Select one of them according to the device that the printer is connected to.
❏IKEv1
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv1 for IKE Version.
Items Settings and Explanation
Authentication Method If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certicate is common with a
default policy.
Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared key
between 1 and 127 characters.
Conrm Pre-Shared Key Enter the key you congured for conrmation.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
362
❏IKEv2
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv2 for IKE Version.
Items Settings and Explanation
Local Authentication Method If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certicate is
common with a default policy.
ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the printer.
ID Enter the printer's ID that matches the type of ID.
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the rst character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.
Conrm Pre-Shared
Key
Enter the key you congured for conrmation.
Remote Authentication Method If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certicate is
common with a default policy.
ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the device that you want to authenticate.
ID Enter the printer's ID that matches to the type of ID.
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the rst character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.
Conrm Pre-Shared
Key
Enter the key you congured for conrmation.
Encapsulation
If you select IPsec for Access Control, you need to congure an encapsulation mode.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
363
Items Settings and Explanation
Transport Mode If you only use the printer on the same LAN, select this. IP packets of layer 4 or later are
encrypted.
Tunnel Mode If you use the printer on the Internet-capable network such as IPsec-VPN, select this
option. The header and data of the IP packets are encrypted.
Remote Gateway(Tunnel Mode): If you select Tunnel Mode for Encapsulation, enter a
gateway address between 1 and 39 characters.
Security Protocol
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option.
Items Settings and Explanation
ESP Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data, and encrypt data.
AH Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data. Even if encrypting data is
prohibited, you can use IPsec.
Algorithm Settings
It is recommended that you select Any for all settings or select an item other than Any for each setting. If you
select Any for some of the settings and select an item other than Any for the other settings, the device may not
communicate depending on the other device that you want to authenticate.
Items Settings and Explanation
IKE Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for IKE.
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.
Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for IKE.
Key Exchange Select the key exchange algorithm for IKE.
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.
ESP Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for ESP.
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.
Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for ESP.
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.
AH Authentication Select the encryption algorithm for AH.
This is available when AH is selected for Security Protocol.
Related Information
&“Conguring Group Policy” on page 360
&“Combination of Local Address(Printer) and Remote Address(Host) on Group Policy” on page 365
&“References of Service Name on Group Policy” on page 365
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
364
Combination of Local Address(Printer) and Remote Address(Host) on Group Policy
Setting of Local Address(Printer)
IPv4 IPv6
*2
Any addresses
*3
Setting of Remote
Address(Host)
IPv4
*1
✓–✓
IPv6
*1*2
–✓✓
Blank ✓✓✓
*1 : If IPsec is selected for Access Control, you cannot specify in a prex length.
*2 : If IPsec is selected for Access Control, you can select a link-local address (fe80::) but group policy will be disabled.
*3 : Except IPv6 link local addresses.
References of Service Name on Group Policy
Note:
Unavailable services are displayed but cannot be selected.
Service Name Protocol type Local port
number
Remote port
number
Features controlled
Any – – – All services
ENPC UDP 3289 Any port Searching for a printer from
applications such as Epson Device
Admin, a printer driver and the a
scanner driver
SNMP UDP 161 Any port Acquiring and conguring of MIB from
applications such as Epson Device
Admin, the Epson printer driver and
the Epson scanner driver
LPR TCP 515 Any port Forwarding LPR data
RAW (Port9100) TCP 9100 Any port Forwarding RAW data
IPP/IPPS TCP 631 Any port Forwarding data of IPP/IPPS printing
WSD TCP Any port 5357 Controlling WSD
WS-Discovery UDP 3702 Any port Searching for a printer from WSD
Network Scan TCP 1865 Any port Forwarding scan data from the
scanning software
Network Push
Scan
TCP Any port 2968 Acquiring job information of push
scanning from the scanning software
Network Push
Scan Discovery
UDP 2968 Any port Searching for a computer when push
scanning from the scanning software
is executed
FTP Data (Local) TCP 20 Any port FTP server (forwarding data of FTP
printing)
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
365
Service Name Protocol type Local port
number
Remote port
number
Features controlled
FTP Control
(Local)
TCP 21 Any port FTP server (controlling FTP printing)
FTP Data
(Remote)
TCP Any port 20 FTP client (forwarding scan data)
However this can control only an FTP
server that uses remote port number
20.
FTP Control
(Remote)
TCP Any port 21 FTP client (controlling to forward scan
data)
CIFS (Local) TCP 445 Any port CIFS server (Sharing a network folder)
CIFS (Remote) TCP Any port 445 CIFS client (forwarding scan data to a
folder)
NetBIOS Name
Service (Local)
UDP 137 Any port CIFS server (Sharing a network folder)
NetBIOS
Datagram
Service (Local)
UDP 138 Any port
NetBIOS Session
Service (Local)
TCP 139 Any port
NetBIOS Name
Service (Remote)
UDP Any port 137 CIFS client (forwarding scan data to a
folder)
NetBIOS
Datagram
Service (Remote)
UDP Any port 138
NetBIOS Session
Service (Remote)
TCP Any port 139
HTTP (Local) TCP 80 Any port HTTP(S) server (forwarding data of
Web Cong and WSD)
HTTPS (Local) TCP 443 Any port
HTTP (Remote) TCP Any port 80 HTTP(S) client (communicating
between Epson Connect, rmware
updating and root certicate
updating)
HTTPS (Remote) TCP Any port 443
Conguration Examples of IPsec/IP Filtering
Receiving IPsec packets only
is example is to congure a default policy only.
Default Policy:
❏IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable
❏Access Control: IPsec
❏Authentication Method: Pre-Shared Key
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
366
❏Pre-Shared Key: Enter up to 127 characters.
Group Policy: Do not congure.
Receiving printing data and printer settings
is example allows communications of printing data and printer conguration from specied services.
Default Policy:
❏IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable
❏Access Control: Refuse Access
Group Policy:
❏Enable this Group Policy: Check the box.
❏Access Control: Permit Access
❏Remote Address(Host): IP address of a client
❏Method of Choosing Port: Service Name
❏Service Name: Check the box of ENPC, SNMP, HTTP (Local), HTTPS (Local) and RAW (Port9100).
Note:
To avoid receiving HTTP (Local) and HTTPS (Local), clear their checkboxes in Group Policy. When doing so, disable
IPsec/IP ltering from the printer's control panel temporarily to change the printer settings.
Receiving access from a specied IP address only
is example allows a specied IP address to access the printer.
Default Policy:
❏IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable
❏Access Control:Refuse Access
Group Policy:
❏Enable this Group Policy: Check the box.
❏Access Control: Permit Access
❏Remote Address(Host): IP address of an administrator’s client
Note:
Regardless of policy conguration, the client will be able to access and congure the printer.
Conguring a Certicate for IPsec/IP Filtering
Congure the Client Certicate for IPsec/IP Filtering. When you set it, you can use the certicate as an
authentication method for IPsec/IP Filtering. If you want to congure the certication authority, go to CA
Certicate.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Client Certicate.
2. Import the certicate in Client Certicate.
If you have already imported a certicate published by a Certication Authority, you can copy the certicate
and use it in IPsec/IP Filtering. To copy, select the certicate from Copy From, and then click Copy.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering
367
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Conguring a CA-signed Certicate” on page 351
&“Conguring a CA Certicate” on page 355
Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network
Conguring an IEEE802.1X Network
When you set IEEE802.1X to the printer, you can use it on the network connected to a RADIUS server, a LAN
switch with authentication function, or an access point.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > IEEE802.1X > Basic.
2. Enter a value for each item.
If you want to use the printer on a Wi-Fi network, click Wi-Fi Setup and select or enter an SSID.
Note:
You can share settings between Ethernet and Wi-Fi.
3. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
4. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
IEEE802.1X Network Setting Items
Items Settings and Explanation
IEEE802.1X (Wired LAN) You can enable or disable settings of the page (IEEE802.1X > Basic) for IEEE802.1X (Wired
LAN).
IEEE802.1X (Wi-Fi) The connection status of IEEE802.1X (Wi-Fi) is displayed.
Connection Method The connection method of a current network is displayed.
EAP Type Select an option for an authentication method between the printer and a RADIUS server.
EAP-TLS You need to obtain and import a CA-signed certicate.
PEAP-TLS
EAP-TTLS You need to congure a password.
PEAP/MSCHAPv2
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network
368
Items Settings and Explanation
User ID Congure an ID to use for an authentication of a RADIUS server.
Enter 1 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Password Congure a password to authenticate the printer.
Enter 1 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. If you are using a Windows server as a
RADIUS server, you can enter up to 127 characters.
Conrm Password Enter the password you congured for conrmation.
Server ID You can congure a server ID to authenticate with a specied RADIUS server. Authenticator
veries whether a server ID is contained in the subject/subjectAltName eld of a server
certicate that is sent from a RADIUS server or not.
Enter 0 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Certicate Validation You can set certicate validation regardless of the authentication method. Import the
certicate in CA Certicate.
Anonymous Name If you select PEAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS or PEAP/MSCHAPv2 for EAP Type, you can congure an
anonymous name instead of a user ID for a phase 1 of a PEAP authentication.
Enter 0 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
Encryption Strength You can select one of the followings.
High AES256/3DES
Middle AES256/3DES/AES128/RC4
Related Information
&“Conguring an IEEE802.1X Network” on page 368
Conguring a Certicate for IEEE802.1X
Congure the Client Certicate for IEEE802.1X. When you set it, you can use EAP-TLS and PEAP-TLS as an
authentication method of IEEE802.1x. If you want to congure the certication authority certicate, go to CA
Certicate.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Network Security tab > IEEE802.1X > Client Certicate.
2. Enter a certicate in the Client Certicate.
If you have already imported a certicate published by a Certication Authority, you can copy the certicate
and use it in IEEE802.1X. To copy, select the certicate from Copy From, and then click Copy.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Conguring a CA-signed Certicate” on page 351
&“Conguring a CA Certicate” on page 355
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network
369
Checking IEEE802.1X Network Status
You can check the IEEE802.1X status by printing a network status sheet.
Status ID IEEE802.1X Status
Disable IEEE802.1X feature is disable.
EAP Success IEEE802.1X authentication has succeeded and network connection is available.
Authenticating IEEE802.1X authentication has not been completed.
Cong Error Authentication has failed since the user ID has not been set.
Client Certicate Error Authentication has failed since the client certicate is out of date.
Timeout Error Authentication has failed since there is no answer from the RADIUS server and/or
authenticator.
User ID Error Authentication has failed since the printer's user ID and/or certicate protocol is
incorrect.
Server ID Error Authentication has failed since the server ID of the server certicate and the
server's ID do not match.
Server Certicate Error Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in the server
certicate.
❏The server certicate is out of date.
❏The chain of the server certicate is incorrect.
CA Certicate Error Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in a CA certicate.
❏Specied CA certicate is incorrect.
❏The correct CA certicate is not imported.
❏CA certicate is out of date.
EAP Failure Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in the printer
settings.
❏If EAP Type is EAP-TLS or PEAP-TLS, client certicate is incorrect or has
certain problems.
❏If EAP Type is EAP-TTLS or PEAP/MSCHAPv2, user ID or password is not
correct.
Related Information
&“Printing a Network Status Sheet” on page 233
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
Restoring the Security Settings
When you establish a highly secure environment such as IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1X, you may not be able to
communicate with devices because of incorrect settings or trouble with the device or server. In this case, restore
the security settings in order to make settings for the device again or to allow you temporary use.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
370
Disabling the Security Function Using the Control Panel
You can disable IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1X using the printer's control panel.
1. Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings.
2. Select Advanced.
3. Select from the following items that you want to disable.
❏Disable IPsec/IP Filtering
❏Disable IEEE802.1X
4. Select Start Setup on the conrmation screen.
Problems Using Network Security Features
Forgot a Pre–shared Key
Re-congure a pre-shared key.
To change the key, access Web Cong and select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Default
Policy or Group Policy.
When you change the pre-shared key, congure the pre-shared key for computers.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 357
Cannot Communicate with IPsec Communication
Specify the algorithm that the printer or the computer does not support.
e printer supports the following algorithms. Check the settings of the computer.
Security Methods Algorithms
IKE encryption algorithm AES-CBC-128, AES-CBC-192, AES-CBC-256, AES-GCM-128*, AES-GCM-192*,
AES-GCM-256*, 3DES
IKE authentication algorithm SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5
IKE key exchange algorithm DH Group1, DH Group2, DH Group5, DH Group14, DH Group15, DH
Group16, DH Group17, DH Group18, DH Group19, DH Group20, DH
Group21, DH Group22, DH Group23, DH Group24, DH Group25, DH
Group26, DH Group27*, DH Group28*, DH Group29*, DH Group30*
ESP encryption algorithm AES-CBC-128, AES-CBC-192, AES-CBC-256, AES-GCM-128, AES-GCM-192,
AES-GCM-256, 3DES
ESP authentication algorithm SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
371
Security Methods Algorithms
AH authentication algorithm SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5
*available for IKEv2 only
Related Information
&“Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 357
Cannot Communicate Suddenly
The IP address of the printer has been changed or cannot be used.
When the IP address registered to the local address on Group Policy has been changed or cannot be used, IPsec
communication cannot be performed. Disable IPsec using the printer's control panel.
If the DHCP is out of date, rebooting or the IPv6 address is out of date or has not been obtained, then the IP
address registered for the printer's Web Cong (Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Group
Policy > Local Address(Printer)) may not be found.
Use a static IP address.
The IP address of the computer has been changed or cannot be used.
When the IP address registered to the remote address on Group Policy has been changed or cannot be used, IPsec
communication cannot be performed.
Disable IPsec using the printer's control panel.
If the DHCP is out of date, rebooting or the IPv6 address is out of date or has not been obtained, then the IP
address registered for the printer's Web Cong (Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Group
Policy > Remote Address(Host)) may not be found.
Use a static IP address.
Related Information
&“Application for Conguring Printer Operations (Web Cong)” on page 246
&“Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 357
Cannot Create the Secure IPP Printing Port
The correct certicate is not specied as the server certicate for SSL/TLS communication.
If the specied certicate is not correct, creating a port may fail. Make sure you are using the correct certicate.
The CA certicate is not imported to the computer accessing the printer.
If a CA certicate is not imported to the computer, creating a port may fail. Make sure a CA certicate is imported.
Related Information
&“Conguring a Server Certicate for the Printer” on page 356
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
372
Cannot Connect After Conguring IPsec/IP Filtering
The settings of IPsec/IP Filtering are incorrect.
Disable IPsec/IP ltering from the printer’s control panel. Connect the printer and computer and make the
IPsec/IP Filtering settings again.
Related Information
&“Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 357
Cannot Access the Printer or Scanner after Conguring IEEE802.1X
The settings of IEEE802.1X are incorrect.
Disable IEEE802.1X and Wi-Fi from the printer’s control panel. Connect the printer and a computer, and then
congure IEEE802.1X again.
Related Information
&“Conguring an IEEE802.1X Network” on page 368
Problems on Using a Digital Certicate
Cannot Import a CA-signed Certicate
CA-signed Certicate and the information on the CSR do not match.
If the CA-signed Certicate and CSR do not have the same information, the CSR cannot be imported. Check the
following:
❏Are you trying to import the certicate to a device that does not have the same information?
Check the information of the CSR and then import the certicate to a device that has the same information.
❏Did you overwrite the CSR saved into the printer aer sending the CSR to a certicate authority?
Obtain the CA-signed certicate again with the CSR.
CA-signed Certicate is more than 5KB.
You cannot import a CA-signed Certicate that is more than 5KB.
The password for importing the certicate is incorrect.
Enter the correct password. If you forget the password, you cannot import the certicate. Re-obtain the CA-signed
Certicate.
Related Information
&“Importing a CA-signed Certicate” on page 352
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
373
Cannot Update a Self-Signed Certicate
The Common Name has not been entered.
Common Name must be entered.
Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name.
Enter between 1 and 128 characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
A comma or space is included in the common name.
If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or aer a
comma, an error occurs.
Related Information
&“Updating a Self-signed Certicate” on page 354
Cannot Create a CSR
The Common Name has not been entered.
e Common Name must be entered.
Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name, Organization, Organizational Unit,
Locality, and State/Province.
Enter characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
A comma or space is included in the Common Name.
If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or aer a
comma, an error occurs.
Related Information
&“Obtaining a CA-signed Certicate” on page 351
Warning Relating to a Digital Certicate Appears
Messages Cause/What to do
Enter a Server Certicate. Cause:
You have not selected a le to import.
What to do:
Select a le and click Import.
CA Certicate 1 is not entered. Cause:
CA certicate 1 is not entered and only CA certicate 2 is entered.
What to do:
Import CA certicate 1 rst.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
374
Messages Cause/What to do
Invalid value below. Cause:
Unsupported characters are contained in the le path and/or password.
What to do:
Make sure that the characters are entered correctly for the item.
Invalid date and time. Cause:
Date and time for the printer have not been set.
What to do:
Set date and time using Web Cong, EpsonNet Cong or the printer's control
panel.
Invalid password. Cause:
The password set for CA certicate and entered password do not match.
What to do:
Enter the correct password.
Invalid le. Cause:
You are not importing a certicate le in X509 format.
What to do:
Make sure that you are selecting the correct certicate sent by a trusted certicate
authority.
Cause:
The le you have imported is too large. The maximum le size is 5KB.
What to do:
If you select the correct le, the certicate might be corrupted or fabricated.
Cause:
The chain contained in the certicate is invalid.
What to do:
For more information on the certicate, see the website of the certicate
authority.
Cannot use the Server Certicates that
include more than three CA
certicates.
Cause:
The certicate le in PKCS#12 format contains more than 3 CA certicates.
What to do:
Import each certicate as converting from PKCS#12 format to PEM format, or
import the certicate le in PKCS#12 format that contains up to 2 CA certicates.
The certicate has expired. Check if the
certicate is valid, or check the date
and time on your printer.
Cause:
The certicate is out of date.
What to do:
❏If the certicate is out of date, obtain and import the new certicate.
❏If the certicate is not out of date, make sure the printer's date and time are set
correctly.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security
375
Messages Cause/What to do
Private key is required. Cause:
There is no paired private key with the certicate.
What to do:
❏If the certicate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using a
computer, specify the private key le.
❏If the certicate is the PKCS#12 format and it is obtained from a CSR using a
computer, create a le that contains the private key.
Cause:
You have re-imported the PEM/DER certicate obtained from a CSR using Web
Cong.
What to do:
If the certicate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using Web
Cong, you can only import it once.
Setup failed. Cause:
Cannot nish the conguration because the communication between the printer
and computer failed or the le cannot be read by some errors.
What to do:
After checking the specied le and communication, import the le again.
Related Information
&“About Digital Certication” on page 350
Delete a CA-signed Certicate by Mistake
There is no backup le for the CA-signed certicate.
If you have the backup le, import the certicate again.
If you obtain a certicate using a CSR created from Web Cong, you cannot import a deleted certicate again.
Create a CSR and obtain a new certicate.
Related Information
&“Importing a CA-signed Certicate” on page 352
&“Deleting a CA-signed Certicate” on page 353
Using Epson Open Platform
Epson Open Platform Overview
Epson Open Platform is a platform to use Epson printers with the function provided by the server of the
authentication system.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using Epson Open Platform
376
You can acquire the logs of each device and user in cooperation with the server, and congure restrictions on the
device and functions that can be used for each user and group. It can be used with Epson Print Admin (Epson
Authentication System) or a third-party authentication system.
If you connect an authentication device, you can also perform user authentication using the ID card.
Conguring Epson Open Platform
Enable Epson Open Platform so that you can use the device from the authentication system.
1. Access Web Cong and then select the Epson Open Platform tab > Product Key or License Key.
2. Enter a value for each item.
❏Serial Number
e serial number of the device is displayed.
❏Epson Open Platform Version
Select the version of Epson Open Platform. e corresponding version varies depending on the
authentication system.
❏Product Key or License Key
Enter the product key obtained from the dedicated Web site. See the Epson Open Platform manual for
details such as how to obtain the product key.
3. Click Next.
A conrmation message is displayed.
4. Click OK.
e printer is updated.
Conguring the Authentication Device
You c a n congure the authentication device used in the authentication system from the Device Management tab >
Card Reader.
For more information, see the manual of the authentication system.
Administrator Information
>
Advanced Security Settings
>
Using Epson Open Platform
377
Technical Support Web Site
If you need further help, visit the Epson support website shown below. Select your country or region and go to the
support section of your local Epson website. e latest drivers, FAQs, manuals, or other downloadables are also
available from the site.
http://support.epson.net/
http://www.epson.eu/support (Europe)
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem, contact Epson support services
for assistance.
Contacting Epson Support
Before Contacting Epson
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem using the troubleshooting
information in your product manuals, contact Epson support services for assistance. If Epson support for your area
is not listed below, contact the dealer where you purchased your product.
Epson support will be able to help you much more quickly if you give them the following information:
❏Product serial number
(e serial number label is usually on the back of the product.)
❏Product model
❏Product soware version
(Click About, Version Info, or a similar button in the product soware.)
❏Brand and model of your computer
❏Your computer operating system name and version
❏Names and versions of the soware applications you normally use with your product
Note:
Depending on the product, network settings may be stored in the product's memory. Due to breakdown or repair of a
product, settings may be lost. Epson shall not be responsible for the loss of any data, for backing up or recovering settings
even during a warranty period. We recommend that you make your own backup data or take notes.
Help for Users in Europe
Check your Pan-European Warranty Document for information on how to contact Epson support.
Help for Users in Singapore
Sources of information, support, and services available from Epson Singapore are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.com.sg
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Singapore
379
Information on product specications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries,
and Technical Support via e-mail are available.
Epson HelpDesk
Toll Free: 800-120-5564
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏Sales enquiries and product information
❏Product usage questions or problem troubleshooting
❏Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Help for Users in Thailand
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.co.th
Information on product specications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and e-mail are
available.
Epson Call Centre
Phone: 66-2685-9899
Email: support@eth.epson.co.th
Our Call Centre team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏Sales enquiries and product information
❏Product usage questions or problems
❏Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Help for Users in Vietnam
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
Epson Service Center
65 Truong Dinh Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam.
Phone(Ho Chi Minh City): 84-8-3823-9239, 84-8-3825-6234
29 Tue Tinh, Quan Hai Ba Trung, Hanoi City, Vietnam
Phone(Hanoi City): 84-4-3978-4785, 84-4-3978-4775
Help for Users in Indonesia
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Indonesia
380
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.co.id
❏Information on product specications, drivers for download
❏Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail
Epson Hotline
Phone: +62-1500-766
Fax: +62-21-808-66-799
Our Hotline team can help you with the following over the phone or fax:
❏Sales enquiries and product information
❏Techn ical support
Epson Service Center
Province Company Name Address Phone
E-mail
JAKARTA Epson Sales and
Service Jakarta
(SUDIRMAN)
Wisma Keiai Lt. 1 Jl. Jenderal
Sudirman Kav. 3 Jakarta Pusat - DKI
JAKARTA 10220
021-5724335
ess@epson-indonesia.co.id
ess.support@epson-indonesia.co.id
SERPONG Epson Sales and
Service Serpong
Ruko Melati Mas Square Blok A2
No.17 Serpong-Banten
082120090084 / 082120090085
esstag@epson-indonesia.co.id
esstag.support@epson-indonesia.co.id
SEMARANG Epson Sales and
Service Semarang
Komplek Ruko Metro Plaza Block
C20 Jl. MT Haryono No. 970
Semarang -JAWA TENGAH
024 8313807 / 024 8417935
esssmg@epson-indonesia.co.id
esssmg.support@epson-indonesia.co.id
JAKARTA Epson Sales and
Service Jakarta
(MANGGA DUA)
Ruko Mall Mangga Dua No. 48 Jl.
Arteri Mangga Dua, Jakarta Utara -
DKI JAKARTA
021 623 01104
jkt-technical1@epson-indonesia.co.id
jkt-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
BANDUNG Epson Sales and
Service Bandung
Jl. Cihampelas No. 48 A Bandung
Jawa Barat 40116
022 420 7033
bdg-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
bdg-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
MAKASSAR Epson Sales and
Service Makassar
Jl. Cendrawasih NO. 3A, kunjung
mae, mariso, MAKASSAR - SULSEL
90125
0411- 8911071
mksr-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
mksr-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
MEDAN Epson Service
Center Medan
Jl. Bambu 2 Komplek Graha Niaga
Nomor A-4, Medan - SUMUT
061- 42066090 / 42066091
mdn-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
mdn-adm@epson-indonesia.co.id
PALEMBANG Epson Service
Center Palembang
Jl. H.M Rasyid Nawawi No. 249
Kelurahan 9 Ilir Palembang
Sumatera Selatan
0711 311 330
escplg.support@epson-indonesia.co.id
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Indonesia
381
Province Company Name Address Phone
E-mail
PEKANBARU Epson Service
Center PekanBaru
Jl. Tuanku Tambusai No. 459 A Kel.
Tangkerang barat Kec Marpoyan
damai Pekanbaru - Riau 28282
0761- 8524695
pkb-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
pkb-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
PONTIANAK Epson Service
Center Pontianak
Komp. A yani Sentra Bisnis G33, Jl.
Ahmad Yani - Pontianak
Kalimantan Barat
0561- 735507 / 767049
pontianak-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id
pontianak-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
SAMARINDA Epson Service
Center Samarinda
Jl. KH. Wahid Hasyim (M. Yamin)
Kelurahan Sempaja Selatan
Kecamatan Samarinda UTARA -
SAMARINDA - KALTIM
0541 7272 904
escsmd@epson-indonesia.co.id
escsmd.support@epson-indonesia.co.id
SURABAYA Epson Sales &
Service Surabaya
(barat)
Jl. Haji Abdul Wahab Saimin, Ruko
Villa Bukit Mas RM-11, Kec. Dukuh
Pakis, Surabaya - 60225
031- 5120994
sby-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
sby-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
YOGYAKARTA Epson Service
Center Yogyakarta
YAP Square, Block A No. 6 Jl. C
Simanjutak Yogyakarta - DIY
0274 581 065
ygy-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
ygy-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
JEMBER Epson Service
Center Jember
JL. Panglima Besar Sudirman Ruko
no.1D Jember-Jawa Timur (Depan
Balai Penelitian & Pengolahan
Kakao)
0331- 488373 / 486468
jmr-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
jmr-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
MANADO EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE Manado
Jl. Piere Tendean Blok D No 4
Kawasan Mega Mas Boulevard -
Manado 95111
0431- 8805896
MND-ADMIN@EPSON-INDONESIA.CO.ID
MND-TECHNICAL@EPSON-
INDONESIA.CO.ID
CIREBON EPSON SERVICE
CENTER Cirebon
Jl. Tuparev No. 04 ( Depan Hotel
Apita ) Cirebon, JAWA BARAT
0231– 8800846
cbn-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
CIKARANG EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE CIKARANG
Ruko Metro Boulevard B1
Jababeka cikarang - Jawa Barat,
021- 89844301 / 29082424
ckg-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
ckg-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
MADIUN EPSON SERVICE
CENTER MADIUN
Jl. Diponegoro No.56, MADIUN -
JAWA TIMUR
0351- 4770248
mun-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
mun-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
PURWOKERTO EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE Purwokerto
Jl. Jendral Sudirman No. 4 Kranji
Purwokerto - JAWA TENGAH
0281- 6512213
pwt-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
pwt-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Indonesia
382
Province Company Name Address Phone
E-mail
BOGOR EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE Bogor
Jl.Pajajaran No 15B Kel Bantarjati
Kec Bogor Utara - JAWA BARAT
16153
0251- 8310026
bgr-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
bgr-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
SERANG EPSON SERVICE
CENTER Serang
Jl. Ahmad Yani No.45C, SERANG -
BANTEN
0254- 7912503
srg-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
srg-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
PALU EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE Palu
Jl. Juanda No. 58, Palu - Sulteng 0451- 4012 881
plw-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
plw-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
BANJARMASI
N
EPSON SERVICE
CENTER
BANJARMASIN
Jl. Gatot Soebroto NO. 153
BANJARMASIN - KALSEL 70235
0511- 6744135 (TEKNISI) /
3266321(ADMIN)
bdj-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
bdj-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
DENPASAR EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE Denpasar
JL. MAHENDRADATA NO. 18,
DENPASAR - BALI
0361- 3446699 / 9348428
dps-admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
dps-technical@epson-indonesia.co.id
JAKARTA EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE CILANDAK
CIBIS Business Park Tower 9 LT.
MEZZANINE, Jalan TB Simatupang
No.2, Jakarta Selatan - DKI
JAKARTA 12560
021- 80866777
esscibis.support1@epson-indonesia.co.id
esscibis.support2@epson-indonesia.co.id
esscibis.admin@epson-indonesia.co.id
esscibis.sales@epson-indonesia.co.id
SURABAYA EPSON SALES AND
SERVICE SURABAYA
(GUBENG)
JL. RAYA GUBENG NO. 62,
SURABAYA - JAWA TIMUR
031- 99444940 / 99446299 / 99446377
esssby@epson-indonesia.co.id
esssby.support@epson-indonesia.co.id
AMBON EPSON SERVICE
CENTER AMBON
Jl. Diponegoro No.37 (Samping
Bank Mandiri Syariah) Kel.Ahusen,
Kec.Sirimau - Ambon 97127
-
For other cities not listed here, call the Hot Line: 08071137766.
Help for Users in Malaysia
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.com.my
❏Information on product specications, drivers for download
❏Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in Malaysia
383
Epson Call Centre
Phone: 1800-81-7349 (Toll Free)
Email: websupport@emsb.epson.com.my
❏Sales enquiries and product information
❏Product usage questions or problems
❏Enquiries on repair services and warranty
Head Oce
Phone: 603-56288288
Fax: 603-5628 8388/603-5621 2088
Help for Users in India
Contacts for information, support, and services are:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.co.in
Information on product specications, drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.
Helpline
❏Service, product information, and ordering consumables (BSNL Lines)
Toll-free number: 18004250011
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)
❏Service (CDMA & Mobile Users)
Toll-free number: 186030001600
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)
Help for Users in the Philippines
To obtain technical support as well as other aer sales services, users are welcome to contact the Epson Philippines
Corporation at the telephone, fax numbers and e-mail address below:
World Wide Web
http://www.epson.com.ph
Information on product specications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and E-mail
Enquiries are available.
Epson Philippines Customer Care
Toll Free: (PLDT) 1-800-1069-37766
Toll Free: (Digital) 1-800-3-0037766
Metro Manila: (632) 8441 9030
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in the Philippines
384
Web Site: https://www.epson.com.ph/contact
E-mail: customercare@epc.epson.com.ph
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)
Our Customer Care team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏Sales enquiries and product information
❏Product usage questions or problems
❏Enquiries on repair service and warranty
Epson Philippines Corporation
Trunk Line: +632-706-2609
Fax: +632-706-2663
Where to Get Help
>
Contacting Epson Support
>
Help for Users in the Philippines
385